Home

2014 Sedona Owner`s Manual

Contents

1. Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers constituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 Features of your vehicle e Adding Entry by Phone Press button Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 min utes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to co
2. Parking start warning chime If you drive over 10 km h 6 mph with the parking brake applied the parking start warning chime will sound This light comes on when the front fog lights are ON Front fog light indicator if equipped Shift patiern indicators mi if equipped RY The individual indicators illuminate to show the automatic transaxle shift lever selection Features of vour vehicle Taillight indicator n F if equipped This light comes on when the taillights are ON This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an Authorized Kia Dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Charging system warning Tailgate open warning light This warning light comes on when the tailgate is not closed securely Door ajar warning light This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion in any position Door ajar warning chime If a door or tailgate is opened while dri ving the vehicle over 10 km h 6 mph the warning chime will sound Immobilizer indicator This light illuminates when the immobiliz er key is i
3. Lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place Return the rear safety belt to the prop er position Features of your vehicle 2nd row seat 2nd row seat JR i 2nd row seat OVQ030211N MPP 0V0036214N OVQ036215L Removing the rear seat 2 2nd row seat NOTICE 2nd row seat Pull up the catch release lever under Only use the strap to remove the seat To remove a rear seat the front of the seat cushion while 1 Double fold the rear seat forward by reclining the folded seat rearward 3 Remove the entire seat from the floor pulling up the seatback recline lever slightly to release the front catches or strap from the anchors Features of vour vehicle To install the rear seat 1 Put the front anchor strikers along the front anchors on the floor 2 Insert two front anchor strikers into the front anchors lt A wr de Su OVQ036209N 3 Lift the rear portion of the seat cushion then push down firmly to lock the catches into the rear anchors until an audible click is heard OVQ036210N Make sure the green mark on the rear seat cushion frame is visible and the catches are locked in position by mov ing the seat forward and backward or lifting the front portion of the seat If the green mark is invisible and the seat moves it is not locked properly Pull up the seatback recline lever or
4. F Mode selection The compass is always displayed until the display is turned off Push the MODE button to select distance to empty driving time average fuel con sumption and outside temperature func tions Distance to empty RANGE 2 OVao20318 Y The trip computer is a microcomputer Driving time ET controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving including compass distance to empty e _ amp i 1VQA2211 Compass if equipped The vehicle compass displays the direc tion the vehicle is heading driving time average fuel consumption Average fuel consumption Heading display and outside temperature on the display AVG E East when the ignition switch is in ON posi W West tion All stored driving information is reset S South N North if the battery is disconnected Outside temperature ex NE North East NOTICE If new vehicle is first driven perform calibration procedure as follows ik ll Features of your vehicle Calibration procedure The compass may not indicate the cor rect compass direction when you are dri ving in certain areas tunnel parking garage underground parking lot near transformer substation etc and the fol lowing may occur The compass headings become inac curate e The compass heading doesn t change when the vehicle changes direction Some compass headings are not dis played T
5. Parking on curbed streets e When parking your vehicle on an uphill grade park as close to the curb as possible and turn the front wheels away from the curb so that the front wheels will contact the curb if the vehi cle moves backward When parking your vehicle on a down hill grade park as close to the curb as possible and turn the front wheels toward the curb so that the front wheels will contact the curb if the vehi cle moves forward a 1VQA3030 Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient the shift lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles i i n el Driving your vehicle Type B x To release the parking brake depress 4 CAUTION the parking brake pedal a second time Driving with the parking brake while applying the foot brake The pedal applied will cause excessive will automatically extend to the fully brake pad and brake rotor wear released position If the parking brake e Do not operate the parking brake pedal does not release or does not while the vehicle is moving release all the way have the system except in an emergency situation checked by an authorized Kia dealer lt could damage the vehicle sys tem and make endanger dr
6. When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driving inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3 000km A CAUTION e It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slight est hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leak age from the tire If the tire is damaged by driv ing on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire infor mation on the tire sidewall Maintenance LUBRICANT Recommended lubricants These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and Vehicle durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct Classification lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy Engine oil API Service SM Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available drain and refill ILSAC GF
7. When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Improper service may cause serious injury 4 CAUTION When the performance of the air conditioning system is reduced it is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Type A AUTO automatic control button Driver s temperature control button A C display Passenger s temperature control button Dual temperature control selection button Front fan speed control knob OFF button Mode selection button 9 Air conditioning button 10 Front windshield defrost button 11 Rear window defrost button 12 Recirculated air position button 13 Rear climate control selection button 14 Rear temperature control button 15 Rear fan speed control knob if equipped 0 NO 1A WD Type B OVQ049320 OVQ049321 Features of vour vehicle NOTICE e To turn the automatic operation off select any button or knob of the fol lowing fi Mode selection button Air co
8. if equipped While the vehicle is moving backward the outside rearview mirror s will move downward to aid reverse depending on the position of the outside rearview mir ror switch 1 the outside rearview mir ror s will operate as follows Features of your vehicle POWER ADJUSTABLE PEDALS IF EQUIPPED L R When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the L left or R right position both outside rearview mirrors will move downward Neutral When the remote control out side rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle position the outside rearview mirrors will not operate while the vehi cle is moving backward NOTICE The outside rearview mirrors will auto matically revert to their original posi tions under the following conditions 1 Ignition switch is in the LOCK posi tion 2 Shift lever is moved to any position except R 3 Remote control outside rearview mir ror switch is placed in the middle position E 1VQA2066 To adjust the position of the accelerator and brake pedals push the switch with the shift lever in the P position If you push the A portion of the switch the pedals move toward the driver If you push the VW portion of the switch the pedals move away from the driver Setting the adjustable pedal posi tion Be sure the parking brake is engaged Move the accelerator and brake ped als to the front most position by push ing the V po
9. 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held trans mitter button or press and cycle as described in Canadian Programming above 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be acti vated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed This pro cedure will not affect any other pro grammed HomeLink buttons Gate operator programming amp canadian programming During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 in the Programming portion of this text while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training 4 CAUTION If programming a garage door opener or gate it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possi ble motor burn up Accessories If you would like additional information on the HomeLink Wireless Control System HomeLink compatible products or to
10. 5 7 1 6 02 US qt API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid 7 81 8 24 US at NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Kia motors corp Coolant 8 6 1 9 09 US T Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator Brake fluid oe FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 US i 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the page 6 48 2 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Index Index Et lo m uopMi rl F gt lt gt Z gt gt 1 1 X amp M KH amp amp amp amp lt amp Z lt J NVTNTII E gj3I LS l0llJl lt LI OIO lt 1____ A S a ninni 3 90 Air bag collision sensors MM tree 3 96 Air bag warning label iii 3 105 Air bag warning light 3 103 Curtain ait ii 3 95 DID ani 3 93 Front passenger s air bag sisi 3 94 Sde Ar DAP scsi eiee at 3 94 Aeon O TTT 6 16 Alarm SYSTEM cei 3 7 E E EN A 3 195 Anti lock brake system ABS niiianiianini 4 17 Appearance Caressa 0cuesiiin i 6 49 Exterior Melis ee ee 6 49 niet nale E EA O E T TE 6 51 Aee E E 3 44 3 47 Ashtray siii O E E E E EE 3 189 Audio remote controller annata 3 196 Aadio System ee ER E A 3 197 Automatic climate
11. If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigar lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Maintenance Fuse Relay panel description Inside the fuse relay box covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Driver s side panel Engine compartment P vi i m oe E E 1VQA4008 Main fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal NOTICE If the main fuse is blown consult an Authorized Kia Dealer Maintenance Driver s side fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component AUDIO Audio Step lamp MEMORY 7 5A Climate control module Clock Cluster Trip computer Front area module Power sliding door module Power tailgate module Driver s door module Front passenger door module Driver s power seat module Driver position memory system unit Variable rack stroke system module Variable rack stroke system control button Air conditioner control module Multi function switch Inside relay box ECM mirror Rain sensor Seat Warmer Rear c
12. The drivers seat position sensor which is installed on the seat track determine if the seat is fore or aft of a reference posi tion Similarly the safety belt usage sen sors determine if the driver and front pas senger s safety belts are fastened These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on how close the drivers seat is to the steering wheel whether or not the safety belts are fas tened and the severity of the impact n i n i E n n Features of your vehicle The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts According to the impact severity seating position and safety belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear safety belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your SRS is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detec tion system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant Detection System in this section 4 CAUTION If the seat position sensor is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate even if there is no malf
13. connected it is reset as the defog logic status Automatic climate control system To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake control is set to outside fresh air posi tion automatically if any of following occur e The ignition switch is turned on while the mode is selected to the Se e The OFF button is pushed e The mode is selected to the amp or WY position In this case the air conditioning will auto matically operate if the mode is selected to the lt 3 while the fan is operated or MI If you don t want the air conditioning or outside fresh air position press the cor responding button to cancel the opera tion If the mode is selected to the W posi tion higher fan speed will be selected automatically regardless of the fan speed control knob adjustment n n i i n i i Features of vour vehicle 1 OVQ049342 How to cancel or return defogging logic of automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost position pressing defrost button t 3 While holding the air conditioning but ton A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds i The display panel blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or di
14. e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to re start the engine may cause damage to the emission control system dn i ed Maintenance ee Operating precautions for catalyt Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic ic converters if equipped converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engine Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not opera
15. gramming difficulties contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Flashing M OVQ032306N Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons To erase the three programmed buttons individual buttons cannot be erased e Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously until the indi cator light begins to flash approxi mately 10 seconds Release both but tons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds HomeLink is now in the train or learn ing mode and can be programmed at any time Features of your vehicle Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 10 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held trans mitter button or press and cycle as described in Canadian Programming above 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be acti vated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed This pro cedure will not affect any other pro grammed Home
16. lem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle e The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Driving vour vehicle ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL i ESC operation ESC ON condition When operating p e When the ignition is turned When the ESC is in operation ON ESC and ESC OFF indi ESC ESC indicator light blinks tc o cator lights illuminate for e When the Electronic Stability 7 approximately 3 seconds Control is operating properly a di 5 then ESC is turned on you can feel a slight pulsation eee T e Press the ESC OFF button in the vehicle This is only the __ by for at least half a second after effect of brake control and indi AN turning the ignition ON to turn cates nothing unusual ane ie S Li nl e When moving out of the mud a S will illuminate
17. 150 pounds j Maintenance EA a EE E E A Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called
18. 1GHA4105A Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle e Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an Authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck tion service 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N If towing service is not available in an Neutral emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes 3 Release the parking brake 4 CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OVQ056016N If your car must be towed Towing in this manner may be done only Towing with a vehicle other than a on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tow truck tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition Do notuse the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the
19. 36 42 43 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 At first inspect the drive belt at 96 000 km or 72 months after that inspect it 24 000 km or 24 months MAINTENANCE ITEM Drive belts 4 At first replace at 192 000 km or 120 months Engine coolant 5 0 after that replace every 48 000 km or 24 months Cooling system hoses amp connections l l l l l l l l l l l l Automatic transaxle oil No check No service required Brake clutch fluid Brake lines lines amp connections including booster Clutch amp brake pedal free play HH Hh I if equipped 4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively 5 When adding coolant use only deionizes water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An inproper coolant mixture can result in serious maifunction or engine damage dn i n i Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first AT ERAS ooo tm 12 24 56 a 80 72 oe oe on 190 a 1 166 166 a0 Ya En rmontns 6 12 ve 24 o0 oe a2 54 oo 66 72 7 ee one sep eee TIT TIT TTT TTT Fear Bate dica ENER NRE SR RSS RSS NRE RSS SE ating bal VO O N UO VO VD O Stasi pes pese 8 mei TT TTT DTD Front suspension ball jon
20. 65 79 Ibeft 88 107 Nem Improperly tight ened wheel lug nuts could cause brake pedal vibration while brak ing 2 CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels lf in doubt consult an Authorized Kia Dealer What to do in an emergency To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Carrying a flat tire Do not store the flat tire on the com pact spare tire carrier underneath your vehicle The full size flat tire should be stored and fixed in the vehicle until you reach a service sta tion OVQ056010N To place a flat tire in the vehicle 1 Wrap the flat tire with the cover with the valve stem facing up What to do in an emergenc OVQ056012N 2 Place the flat tire in the cargo area when the 3rd row seat is upright position or on the floor when the 3rd row seat is stowed in the car
21. B button again to eject the disc 2 Volume Control You can adjust the volume one of two ways First if you are adjusting the vol ume for audio through the vehicle speak ers you can use the VOLUME GED button on the control panel or the remote control Press to increase the volume and to decrease the volume The volume level will be displayed on the head unit when the RSE unit volume level is adjusted from its control panel or remote control This button does not affect headphone volume Second you can adjust the volume on the wireless headphones by locating the VOL control wheel on the left side of the headphones Roll the control wheel to adjust the volume 3 Play Pause D When an audio CD is inserted the RSE will display the Kia logo then automati cally begin playing the first track The track number and time elapsed for the current track is displayed If a CD is loaded and playing press the PLAY PAUSE 9 button to pause the CD Press the button again to resume play If a CD is already loaded stopping and playing the CD by pressing PLAY PAUSE II button on the remote control cycling the ignition and pressing play or changing the source will cause the CD to begin playing at the point where it was stopped during the previous play The player will automatically play this previous play position unless the STOP EJECT B button is pressed At the end of the CD the player will auto ma
22. CAUTION Do not continue to press the sun roof control button s after the sun roof is in the fully open closed or tilt position s Damage to the motor or system components could occur NOTICE The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position 1VQA2031 Features of your vehicle Open Autoslide To use the autoslide feature momentari ly less than 0 4 second press the slide button on the overhead console The sunroof will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof sliding at any point press any sunroof control button Manual slide Press the slide button on the overhead console and hold it until the sunroof is opened to the desired position Close To close the sunroof press the close but ton on the overhead console and hold it until the sunroof is closed OVQ049034 Open Autotilt To use the autotilt feature momentarily less than 0 4 second press the tilt but ton on the overhead console The sun roof will tilt all the way open To stop the sunroof tilting at any point press any sunroof control button Manual tilt Press the tilt button on the overhead con sole and hold it until the sunroof is opened to the desired position Close To close the sunroof press the close but ton on the overhead console and hold it until the sunroof is closed Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Do not press any sunroof control bu
23. P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 185 Tire width in millimeters 65 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 14 Rim diameter in inches 86 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 5 5JX14 5 5 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 14 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger cars The speed rating is part of the tire size designa tion on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe operating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above 240 km h 149 mph 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years based on the manufacturing date tire strength and performance decli
24. To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or door lock switch 2 to the Lock position and close the door 3 NOTICE If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the sys tem may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of vour vehicle To lock a door push the door lock but Driver s door ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked red part 2 of the button becomes invisible To open a door pull the door handle 3 If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in lock position the button is unlocked and door opens if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and door is open Front door OVQ026021N With central door lock switch NOTICE Door lock malfunction The central door locking switch is located on the front door arm rest It is operated If a power door lock ever fails to func by depressing the door lock switch If any tion while you are in the vehicle try one door is open when the switch is or more of the following techniques to depressed the door will remain locked exit when closed e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manu al while simultaneously pulling on the door handle e Oper
25. eta a 2 Move the front seat to the farthest for ward position i 0v0039002 3 Remove the headrest 4 Recline the seatback as far as it can go to allow the rear seat passenger to support their legs in the reclined posi tion Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Features of vour vehicle p 3 Jj illo OVQ030211N OVQ036209N Folding the rear seatback 2 Pull the seatback recliner or strap The rear seatbacks fold forward to pro and double fold the seat forward vide additional cargo space and to pro 3 Push down the seat backward firmly to vide access to the cargo area lock the catches into the rear anchors until an audible click is heard To fold the rear seat 2nd row seat 1 Lower the headrest to the lowest posi tion Features of vour vehicle 2nd row seat OVQ036210N OVQ036208N OVQ030211N 4 Make sure the green mark on the rear 3rd row seat Double folding the rear seat seat cushion frame is visible and the 1 Lower the headrest to the lowest posi 2nd row seat catches are locked in position by mov tion To fold the rear seat ing the seat forward and backward or 9 Hold the seatback and pull out the 1 Lower the headrest to the lowe
26. indicator light will illuminate Press the O button 2 to turn the auto matic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off Compass display alien O Rearview display OVQ032360N Type D To operate the electric rearview mirror with homelink wireless control sys tem rearview display and compass The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function off unless vehicle is in reverse The mirror indicator light will turn off e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on unless vehicle is in reverse The mirror indicator light will illuminate e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn rearview display off while vehicle is in reverse Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn rearview display on while vehicle is in reverse Features of your vehicle Compass if equipped To operate Compass feature Press and release the button 2 then the vehicle s directional heading will be displayed Pressing and releasing the button again will turn off the display Heading display E East W West S South N North ex NE North East Calibration procedure Press and hold the button 2 between 9 and 12 seconds Release the button when a C appears in the display which indicates the compass needs calibration 1 Driving the vehicle in a circle
27. malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will Detachable USB AUX All in one USB AUX audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly When connecting the iPod use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology overlap and might reduce or distort USB AUX terminals capability such as for stereo head the quality of the sound e When disconnecting the iPod phone Bluetooth Wireless e Deactivate turn off the equalizer disconnect both the USB AUX ter Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system iPod and iPhone are registered trade marks of Apple Inc iPod and iPhone are mobile digital devices sold separately and connectivity requires the Kia accesso function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume
28. normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition key to the START posi tion to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension i ie Driving your vehicle d WARNING Ignition key e Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park for automatic transaxle set the park ing brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehi cle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Never reach for the ignition switch or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may
29. prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger compart ment Features of vour vehicle OVQ049327 Mode selection button The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows IO WI K SI gt VA gt Npe gt kadi 1VQA2147 Outlet port locations Features of vour vehicle Face position Air flow is directed toward the a gt upper body and face oad Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet outlet port B E Face floor position Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor outlet port B C E F a gt Nod Floor position Most of the air flow is direct ed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defroster outlet port A C D E F Floor defrost position Most of the air flow is direct ed to the floor and the wind shield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters outlet port A C D E F OVQ049328 Defrost button Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters outlet port A D E Features of vour vehicle i Instrument panel vents Air c
30. wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire That load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Maintenance nnn dee gd Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on
31. window will stop and cannot be opened or closed Window opening and closing The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle e To open or close a window press down 8 or pull up 8 the front portion of the corresponding switch e To open or close a rear quarter win dow push 8 the corresponding Switch dn i i n i Features of your vehicle Automatic power window down driver s window Depressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 9 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition key to ON position 2 Close drivers window and continue pulling up on driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Power window lock switch The driver can disable the power window switches on the front and rear passen gers doors by pressing the power win dow lock switch to lock position pressed When the power window lock switch is pressed the driver s master control can not operate the front and rear passen gers power windows and rear quarter windows Manual flip
32. you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system 4 CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur 4 CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Features of vour vehicle DOOR LOCKS PA _ 1VQA2004 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward rear of vehicle to unlock and toward front of vehicle to lock Turn the key toward front of vehicle to lock all doors Turn the key to the right once to unlock the driver s door and to the right twice within 3 seconds to unlock all
33. 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possi bility of engine and transaxle overheating Parking on hills Generally you should not park your vehi cle with a trailer attached on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if they begin a downhill tra jectory However if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your brakes but don t shift into gear 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the brakes Apply your park ing brake and then shift to P Park for an automatic transaxle 5 Release the brakes dn i n el Driving your vehicle When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill 1 With the automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you Start your engine Shift into gear and e Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from
34. C button to turn the air condi tioning system on indicator light will illu minate Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle Rear climate control E Front if equipped Prea 1 Rear fan speed control knob To turn on the rear climate control sys 4 from front seat tem 2 Rear temperature control knob From inerte from front seat 1 Set the rear climate control selection 3 Rear climate control selection button from front seat REAR CONTROL button in the front 4 Rear fan speed control knob climate control panel to the OFF posi from rear seat tion if equipped 5 Rear mode selection button 2 Set the rear fan speed control knob in from rear seat the front climate control panel to the 6 Rear temperature control button desired position from rear seat 3 Set the rear temperature control knob if equipped in the front climate control panel to the desired position if equipped E Rear if equipped 4 The rear mode is controlled according to the front mode control if equipped Type A Type B with both of the rear heater and air conditioner If not equipped with either of the rear heater or air conditioner rear air blows only from one side of lower or upper vents 5 To turn on the rear air conditioning system if equipped turn on the air conditioning button in the front climate control panel OVQ049311 1VQA2168 OVQ049312 n i tl Feature
35. Channel name or Artist Song Title can be selected e PHONE Select this item to enter Bluetooth Wireless Technology setup mode Refer to Bluetooth Wireless Technology PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information NOTE The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle 7 TUNE amp AUDIO Control Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency AM 10 kHz FM 200 kHz Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise Press this button while holding SETUP button to activate inactivate the item to Select SETUP item using left and right function of the Tune button e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease
36. Dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended Lubricants later in this section Never mix different types of fluid 47 CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be thrown out Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Maintenance LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS Body lubrication All moving points of the body such as door hinges hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a non freez ing lubricant on locks during cold weath er Make sure the engine hood secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Maintenance POWER STEERING OVQ
37. Mountains FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings mountains or other obstruc tions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble JBM003 Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears JBM005 Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If th
38. O TO eee 6 10 Tire maintenance siii 6 39 Maintenance scheduler nannini 6 3 Maintenance services siiiiie i i tt111 6 2 Manual climate control SYSTEM ci 3 147 Air conditioning snmniczizizeiizz ivan 3 152 Instrument panel E E 3 151 Outlet port locations 3 149 Rearclimate control asaasaiiiaioi 3 153 ib 3 108 COMPASS siii iii 3 113 3 121 Conversation Mirror ii 3 115 Day night TEATVIEW TUTTO sisi 3 110 Electric chromic mirror ECM iii 3 110 1i6 Inside rearview mirror O E A I A AA 3 1 10 Outside rearview mirror 2A AGO dae daN A E 3 108 PN Neck restraints see headrest T eae beeen la 3 42 3 48 O Odometer CORIO oe cine 6 Gres ois are 6 bears ces urelae sera O 3 1 17 Oil Engine narici iii ici 6 13 Outside rearview mirror PACI PALE E E S 3 108 Overheats ao lave ala sla dida 610 010 GiG a d E a dd dla da dad dd 5 Overloading aa aco Gia ay a 6l eleva sila a a SISSI enne 4 3 6 Owner maintenance e A A I E 6 1 0 P Parking brake EEE EEE O OI IT 4 1 5 Passenger s front air bag PPA i arab acolbia oieislaie E N E N E A E 3 94 Power adjustable pedals ayers E E One 3 61 Power brakes CORE E E E E S 4 14 Power outlet A E A ne 3 1 93 Power sliding door and power tailgate 3 17 Power steering E a Ar ati 3 106 6 1 Q Power steering fluid level E EE ETE enne 6 1 9 Power window lock switch RARA OA IO OE VIA TTT 3 28 Pre tensioner safety belt T T aVe siS a grala alala as isla
39. SETUP mode Select PHONE then PRIORITY in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown iPhone e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing proce dure must be completed once more Press button to enter SETUP mode Select PHONE then DELETE in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown IPHONE iPhone e ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select the Phone menu while in PHONE menu select the Advanced menu to make Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone settings The ADVANCED menu may differ according to audio specifica tions n i i n 3 Features of your vehicle INVOL _BTOFF _ Incoming Volume Bluetooth Wireless Technology call volume adjustments While in ADVANCED menu press In Vol Use the knob key to set the desired vol ume and select the button Contacts Sync Automatic Phonebook download setting While in ADVANCED menu select Contacts To automatically save the contacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not available to make a phone call by Bluetooth Wireless Tech
40. The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch 1 is turned to ON after the head light is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch to OFF 4 CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor or unnecessary battery and generator drain could occur Daytime running light If equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will make your high beam headlights turn OFF when 1 The head light switch is ON 2 The parking brake engaged 3 Engine stops Features of vour vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS A Wiper speed control Windshield wiper washer MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT AUTO Intermittent wipe or AUTO control wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed B Intermittent or Auto control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes OKM040902N D Rear wiper washer control Windshield wipers QJ Spraying washer fluid Operates as follows when the ignition Rear window wiper washer OFF Off switch is turned ON if equipped INT Intermittent wipe if equipped MIST For a single wiping cycle push the ON Continuous wipe lever upward and release
41. V button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song e Press TRACK V button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song e Press TRACK button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song e Press TRACK button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate forward direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song 6 INFO Button Displays the information of the current song e CDDA DISC TITLE DISC ARTIST TRACK TITLE TRACK ARTIST TOTAL TRACK DISC TITLE e MP3 WMA FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE Not displayed if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 7 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode 8 REPEAT Button Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files are repeatedly played back 9 RANDOM Button Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only file
42. Vi amp eo NI E Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled cellular phone play your music files on your cel lular phone according to your cellular phone users manual and press the button on the audio system until MP3 play is displayed on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled cellular phones may not play music through the audio sys tem initially These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth Wireless Technology streaming enabled for example i e Menu FilemanagerMusic Option Play via Bluetooth Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled cellular phone music streaming stop music play back on the cellular phone or
43. air bags are stored in the left side of the window or place objects instrument panel on the glove box the drivers seat right side of the front between the doors and passen passenger s seat gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Since you cannot know which air bags i 7 will deploy or from what direction never f air bag inflation conditions are met put any objects or ornaments on the side collision they will inflate instrument panel Features of vour vehicle Curtain air bag if equipped Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors It is designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear out board seat occupants in certain side impact collisions If the curtain air bag deploys it remains inflated for approximately 3 seconds The curtain air bag deploy ment occurs only on the side of the vehicle affected by the impact The side air bags side and curtain air bags are not designed to deploy dur ing collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situa tions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations WARNING e In order for side air bags side and curtain air bags to provide its bes
44. ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C The grades repre sent the tire s resistance to the gen eration of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tires to degenerate and reduce tires life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tires failure Grades A and B represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by the law Maintenance nnn dee gd Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in kilopascal kPa or pounds per square inch psi Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmis sion power seats and air condition ing Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The
45. and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued minal The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported ry cable Features of your vehicle iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc iPod m CD Player PA710S 1 iPod Button 2 TRACK Button 3 INFO Button L o 4 MENU Button z 5 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button E 6 RANDOM Button 7 REPEAT Button m CD Changer gt VQ_PA710S_iPod VQ_PA760S_iPod Features of your vehicle Using iPod Using an iPod when the exclusive cable is connected to the multiple terminal inside the console on the right hand side of the driver s seat When the iPod is con nected the iPod icon will be displayed on the top right corner of the display screen 1 iPod Button If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 TRACK Button e Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in r
46. be adjusted by rotating the blade NOTICE If all the vents are closed it may cause some noise Always open 2 vents or more Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the WY position Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 8 position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Set the temperature control desired position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the minimum LO 17 C 62 F and set the air intake to the recirculated air position then set the fan speed control to the hi
47. blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually Windshield washers OKM040903N In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty n i kl Features of your vehicle The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side OKM040904N 4 CAUTION Rear window wiper and washer To prevent possible damage to the switch if equipped washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer Spraying washer fluid and wiping OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Intermittent wiper operation ON Normal wiper opertion J Wash with brief wipes Features of vour vehicle T p bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be su
48. box lamp The glove box lamp comes ON when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function OVQ036042N Door courtesy lamp if equipped The door courtesy lamp comes ON when the door is opened to assist entering or exiting the vehicle It also serves as a warning to passing vehicles that the vehi cle door is open Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function Rescue mode function e The purpose of this feature is to pre If your vehicle has any problem on the vent the battery from being dis vehicle network system the headlights charged The system automatically low beam and parking lights turn on turns off the parking lights when the automatically with the ignition switch in eee al driver removes the ignition key and the ON position even though the head SM x a gt opens the driver side door light switch is not turned on At this time pe i dr With this feature the parking lights will the emergency lighting is not turned off MB i be turned off automatically if the driver when the headlight switch is turned off parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on E when the ignition key is removed per 4 CAUTION form the following If the rescue mode occurs have OVQ041129 1 Open the driver side door your vehicle checked by an autho Lighting control 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON rized Kia dealer a
49. change the audio mode to AM FM SIRIUS CD iPod ect dn i i n Features of your vehicle m Phone Setup All Bluetooth Wireless Technology relat ed operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode SETUP SCROLL CSDVC PHONE 2 Rotate the knob to move the cursor between items push the button to select PHONE 3 Rotate the knob to move the cursor between items and push the button to select a desired item PHONE Be SELECT PRIORITY DELETE ADVANCED _RETURN_ e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features the phone must be paired registered with the audio sys tem Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode Select PHONE PHONE menu The audio displays Device passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to starting the pair ing process then PAIR in Name NOTE e If the phone is paired wit
50. could cause the tires to skid Be careful when downshifting on slip pery surfaces Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine over heating and possible damage to the transaxle 4 CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage d WARNING Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tire to overheat explode and injure bystanders 4 CAUTION The ESC system if equipped should be turned OFF prior to rock ing the vehicle WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking opera tion the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Driving
51. cover Do not fold the table when some items be placed in the storage compartment since those may damage the items Features of vour vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Rn _ a MELITO e OVQ040401 Cigarette lighter if equipped To operate the cigarette lighter press it in and release it When it is heated it auto matically pops out ready for use If the engine is not running the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position for the lighter to operate 4 CAUTION Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat Only a genuine Kia lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket The use of plug in acces sories shavers hand held vacu ums and coffee pots for exam ple may damage the socket or cause electrical failure If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating Ashtray if equipped To use the ashtray press the cover and release it To remove the ashtray to empty or clean it lift it upward and pull it out Features of your vehicle Cup holder i mm 1VQA2199 din OVQ036234N Front if equipped Center if equipped To use the cup holders pull the cup hold Cups or small beverage cans may be er cover out Push the cover to close after placed in the cup holders USE The storage can be removed and rein Stalled FI CAUTION To remove the storage pull up the rear portion slightly aft
52. dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky Features of your vehicle RSE Rear Seat Entertainment System if equipped m CD Player PA710S 1 RSE Button VQ_PA710S_RSE VQ_PA760_RSE Features of your vehicle 1 RSE Button Play the RSE and RSE Icon is dis played After pressing the RSE button you can enjoy the RSE audio through the speakers in RSE mode and Connected is appeared at the same time At the state of NO RSE Icon the RSE button is pressed and RSE Not Ready is appeared at the window The speaker volume level is adjustable by VOLUME Knob on HEAD unit RSE unit and remote controller e Refer to the RSE in this section for details RSE operation e RSE Rear Seat Entertainment System A V 7 CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY CELLU LAR PHONE Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth Wireless Technology settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the sys tem Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth Wireless Technology operations The phone m
53. ee o i OVQ056002N The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the panel indicated in the illustration Removing the spare tire Your spare tire is stored underneath your vehicle directly below the right sliding door on the cargo 1 Open the right sliding door or the tailgate and find the plastic hex bolt cover on the floor 2 Remove the cover OVQ056004N Use the wheel lug nut wrench to loosen the bolt enough to lower the spare tire Turn the wrench counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground What to do in an emergency OVQ056005N OVQO56006N 4 After the spare tire reaches the Storing the spare tire 2 Place the wheel under the vehicle ground continue to turn the 4 Lay the tire on the ground with the and install the retainer through the wrench counterclockwise and valve stem facing down wheel center draw the spare tire outside Never 3 Turn the wrench clockwise until it rotate the wrench excessively oth clicks erwise the spare tire carrier may be damaged 5 Remove the retainer from the cen ter of the spare tire What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only 4 CAUTION e You should d
54. entertainment system without the engine run ning will reduce battery power 4 CAUTION Disclaimer The RSE system is pro grammed to the regional display formats for your region NTSC or PAL Please note that your RSE will not read DVDs from a different region NOTICE RSE operation is prevented during the first 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ignition on or accessory mode The RSE system is already set up and ready for use The system is always awake when the vehicle s ignition is turned on or when the vehicle is in accessory power mode n i i n i o Features of your vehicle Close To close the monitor pull the bottom Folded edge forward and push it up until it clicks into the stow away position DVD PLAYER Spread OPEN_ 8111 HEADPHONE81 12 Viewing Adjusting the Monitor Headphones To view the monitor locate the latch on The RSE comes with two 2 sets of wire the bottom center of the mounted unit less headphones and four 4 AAA 1 5V and pull it forward This will release the batteries Install the batteries by opening monitor from its locked stow away posi the compartment on the right side of the tion Use your hands to adjust the moni headphones Each set of headphones tor into optimal viewing position Do not requires two 2 AAA 1 5V batteries touch the LCD panel itself to avoid dam age or smudging Features of your vehicle HEADPHONE8112 To turn the headphon
55. gram additional hand held transmit ters NOTICE For non rolling code garage door open ers follow steps 2 3 For rolling code garage door openers follow steps 2 6 For Canadian Programming please fol low the Canadian Programming section For help with determining whether your garage is non rolling code or rolling code please refer to the garage door openers owner s manual or contact HomeLink customer service at 1 800 355 3515 D Transmitter N 2 Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approximately 1 to 3 inches away from the mirror Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed 3 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both but tons may be released The rapid flash ing light indicates successful program ming of the new frequency signal NOTICE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace step 3 with the cycling procedure noted in the Canadian Programming section of this document 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Features of your vehicle Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code equipped devices with the rolling code feature follow these instruc tions after completing the Programming portion of this text A second perso
56. indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency sig nal x NOTICE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace step 3 with the cycling procedure noted in the Canadian Programming section of this document 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Features of your vehicle Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code equipped devices with the rolling code feature follow these instruc tions after completing the Programming portion of this text A second person may make the following training proce dures quicker amp easier 4 Locate the learn or smart button on the device s motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand If there is diffi culty locating the learn or smart but ton reference the device s owners manual or contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com 5 Press and release the learn or smart button on the device s motor head unit You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed The remaining two but
57. injury from escap ing hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Continued ture refrigerant pres sure and vehicle speed It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant tem perature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition Sd engine coolant tempera pi Maintenance OVQ066021N The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an Authorized Kia Dealer for a cooling system inspec tion Have coolant changed by an Authorized Kia Dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and
58. it clockwise until it clicks once This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 7 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light ly and make sure that it is securely closed Features of your vehicle d WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion e Before refueling note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility e Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using a portable fuel con tainer be sure to
59. it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 OKM040900N OKM040901N LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed D Wash with brief wipes Features of your vehicle NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation OVQ038052N 1 Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper intervals The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON or the speed control knob is turned toward the upward position when the wiper switch is in AUTO mode wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use 4 CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation Wiper may operate and be
60. make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING We recommend that you carry emer gency equipment including a window scraper windshield de icer a bag of sand or salt flares a small shovel and jumper cables Make sure you have sufficient ethyl ene glycol coolant in the radiator Check the battery condition and cables Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of any battery so it must be in excellent condition to provide enough winter starting power Make sure the engine oil viscosity is suitable for cold weather Check the ignition system for loose connections and damage Use antifreeze formulated windshield washer fluid Do not use engine coolant antifreeze Do not use the parking brake if it might freeze When parking shift to P Park with an automatic transaxle and bloc
61. more than 10 seconds until the sun roof has returned to the original posi tion of tilt after it is raised a little high er than the maximum tilt position Then release the button 5 Press and hold the tilt button for more than 5 seconds until the sun roof is operated as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSE Then release the button When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset Features of vour vehicle SEAT Front seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Drivers seat 4 Seat warmer 5 Headrest 6 7 Power seat Armrest Lumbar support Driver s seat Rear seats 8 Forward and backward 9 Seatback angle 10 Headrest 11 Armrest 12 12 Stowing if equipped Features of your vehicle d WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage e Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of t
62. move while driving interfere with the driver and lead to an acci dent STARTING THE ENGINE WARNING Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle Unsuitable shoes high heels ski boots etc may interfere with your ability to use the brake and acceler ator pedal 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator 4 CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine 4 CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls out or fails to start wait 5 to 10 sec onds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Dri
63. on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain e The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the y vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Changing tires Do not use the compact spare tire Jacking instructions on any other vehicle because this The jack is provided for emergency tire has been designed especially tire changing only for your vehicle l l To prevent the jack from rattling e The compact spare tire s tread life while the vehicle is in motion lower is shorter than a regular tire the jack to the lowest position place Inspect your compact spare tire the jack in the luggage side trim and regularly and replace worn com turn the wing bolt 1 clockwise firmly oe tres eae ae SIZ Make sure the jack is secured firmly sola oe one on iievealie by trying to move the jack forward ee and backward Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury J OVQ059007N What to do in an emergenc en a a a rm nin 1VQA4022 eee 1 OA 4023 Tire replacement 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 1 Park on a level surface and apply jack jack handle and spare tire the parking brake firmly from the vehicle 2 Shift the shift lever into P Park 5 Block both the front and rear of the with automatic transaxle wheel that is diagonally opp
64. one hour e MINUTE Pressing the M button with your fin ger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the H and M but tons for more than 3 seconds For example if the H and M buttons is pressed for more than 3 seconds while the time is 10 15 p m the display will be changed to 22 15 Ai A i a OXM049228 Floor mat anchor s if equipped When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward Features of your vehicle ANTENNA 7 CAUTION e Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise lf not the antenna may be damaged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep ie tion But it could be removed 5 a OHM048154 when parking the vehicle or when a amp 0va029448 Roof antenna loading cargo on the roof rack Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an audio system an JIE CAO o ELINA Lio ulti if equipped i rack do not place the cargo near amplifying antenna is installed in your the antenna pole to ensure proper If your vehicle has an aux and or USB uni vehicle receptio
65. or sold separately is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of vour vehicle AUX USB m CD Player PA710S 1 AUX USB Button 2 TRACK Button 3 INFO Button 4 FOLDER Button 5 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button 6 RANDOM Button 7 REPEAT Button 8 SCAN Button VQ_PA710_AUX USB VQ_PA760_AUX USB Features of your vehicle Using USB device Using a USB that is connected to the multiple terminal inside the console on the right hand side of the driver s seat When USB is connected the USB icon will be displayed on the top right corner of the display screen 1 AUX USB Button If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to pr
66. person and activate the senger s air bag will deploy in frontal passenger air bag crashes Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION If the occupant detection system is not working properly the air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunction of the occu pant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator will not illuminate and the front passenger s air bag will deploy in either a side or frontal crashes even if there is child or no occupant in the front passenger s seat Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the occupant detection sys tem with the SRS air bag system as soon as possible if any of following occur e The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the igni tion key is turned to ON posi tion e The SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated after illumi nating or blinking for approxi mately 6 seconds e The SRS air bag warning light illu minates while the vehicle is being driven WARNING Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat The child could be severely injured or killed if the air bag deploys Children are afforded the most protection in the event of an accident when they are restrained by the proper restraint system in the rear seat If the PAS
67. place the con tainer on the ground prior to refu eling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refu eling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cellu lar phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is high ly flammable and can when ignit ed result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 e Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is securely closed after refu eling A loose fuel filler cap may cause the Check Engine Malfunction Indicator light in the instrument panel to illuminate unnecessarily e If the fuel filler cap requires LI replacement us
68. purchase other accessories such as the HomeLink Lighting Package please contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation n i a ll Features of your vehicle HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM WITH REARVIEW DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED Compass display OVQ032360N Indicator light Glare detection sensor Rearview display i i N Homelink buttons OVQ032305N Your new mirror comes with an integrat ed HomeLink Universal Transceiver which allows you to program the mirror to activate your garage door s estate gate home lighting etc The mirror actually learns the codes from your various exist ing transmitters HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls Inc WARNING e When programming the HomeLink Wireless Control System you may be operating a garage door or gate operator Make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the moving door or gate to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety stan dards This includes any garage door opener model ma
69. result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe person al injury and death The driver s primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle systems which take the driver s eyes atten tion and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle Before starting e Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment d WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgement Driving while under the influence of drugs is aS dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk Continued Continued You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with
70. s side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN Driving vour vehicle e OVQ066022N Tire specification pressure label Engine number The tires supplied on your new vehicle The engine number is stamped on the are chosen to provide the best perform engine block as shown in the drawing ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle Road warning 5 2 In case of an emergency while driving 5 3 Emergency starting 5 4 If the engine overheats 5 7 If you have a flat tire 5 8 Towing 5 17 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNIN p It should be used whenever emergency A uai repairs are being made or when the vehi Bia ese cle is stopped near the edge of a road Way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not TS 3 e The turn signals do not work when the a A A hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed E OVQ049032 Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching
71. seat that hooks over a seatback It will not provide ade quate protection in an accident Never allow a child to be held while they are in a moving vehi cle as this could result in serious injury to the child in the event of an accident or a sudden stop Holding a child in a moving vehi cle does not provide the child with any protection during an accident even if the person hold ing the child is wearing a seat belt After an accident have an autho rized Kia dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Installing a child restraint system For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats WARNING Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger that an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger safety belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency lock mode you must manually change these safety belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint WARNING Child seat installation Before installing the child restraint system read the instruc tions supplied by the child restraint system m
72. some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the Original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your car is equipped with snow tires Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise com pare with normal tires Maintenance A CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below
73. tems which could effect drivabili ty and or fuel economy e If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light 2 Illuminates potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia Dealer Low washer fluid level warning indicator if equipped This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC indicator will remain off When a slippery or low trac tion condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating If the ESC system malfunctions the indica tor illuminates and stays on Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC function off press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated ESC ESC OFF indicator dn i A Features of vour vehicle Cruise indicator i
74. tensioner seat belt dust When the air bags and pre tension ers are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment This dust is not toxic The dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods Ventilate the vehicle after impact and wash your hands and face thor oughly after an accident WARNING Air bag pre tensioner seat belt warning light If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the igni tion key is turned to ON or if it remains illuminated after approxi mately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia deal er inspect the pre tensioner and air bag system as soon as possible Ay WARNING Hot parts The pre tensioner assembly mecha nism may become hot during acti vation Do not touch the pre ten sioner seat belt assembly for sever al minutes after they have been acti vated d WARNING Replacing used pre tensioners e Pre tensioners are designed to operate once After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision Do not attempt to replace the pre tensioners yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer d WARNING Damaging the pre tensioners e Do not hit or strike the pre ten sioner as
75. the load as evenly as possible across the crossbars and roof rack and secure the load firmly ROOF 165 Ibs 75 kg RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED e The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack Avoid sudden starts braking sharp turns abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover causing an accident Continued Continued Always drive slowly and turn cor ners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack Severe wind updrafts caused by passing vehicles or natural causes can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack This is especially true when car rying large flat items such as wood panels or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or those around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check fre quently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened 4 CAUTION e If the vehicle has a sunroof do not position the roof rack loads so that they could interfere with the sunroof e Loading cargo or luggage above specification on the roof rack may damage your vehicle Features of your vehicle HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED l l Glare detection sensor Indicator light Homelink buttons OVQ036305N Your new mirror comes with an integrat ed HomeLink Universal Trans
76. thus allowing the pas On Off Deactivated approximately 4 seconds senger air bag to deploy When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system e If the front passenger s seat is unoccu may detect their body shape as that of a child thus preventing air bag deployment pied the PASSENGER AIR BAG Whena larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat OFF indicator will turn on and the the system may recognize him her as an adult depending on his her body shape or seating front passenger s air bag will not position thus permitting air bag deployment deploy in frontal crashes If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 0 CAUTION indicator illuminates the front passen Jf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates or blinks continuous he air bag will not deploy in frontal Jy when a person of adult size sits in the front passenger s seat it could be crasnes because that person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the e If the front passenger s seat is occu vehicle off make sure the seat back is not reclined have the passenger cen pied by a person of adult size the ter on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended and the safety belt PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica properly positioned Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this tor is not illuminated and the front pas position long enough to allow the system to detect the
77. trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are prop er If they aren t you may be able to cor rect them simply by moving some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle OVERLOADING Driving your vehicle LABEL INFORMATION There are several important labels and identification numbers located on your vehicle The label locations are identified in the illus trations shown OVQ076001N Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc The number is punched on the engine compartment bulkhead OVQ076002N The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside OVQ066023N Vehicle certification label The vehicle certification label attached on the driver
78. until you call SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Programming subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Traffic information not available in all mar kets See siriusxm com traffic for details SiriusXM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc el Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way Care of discs e Keep CDs in their cases after use to radio If the temperature inside the vehicle is protect them from scratches or dirt When a cellular phone is used inside the too high open the vehicle windows for Depending on the type of CD R CD vehicle noise may be produced from the ventilation before using your vehicle RW CDs certain CDs may not operate audio equipment This does not mean audio normally according to manufacturing that something is wrong with the audio Itis illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA companies or making and recording equipment In such a case use the cellu files without permission Use CDs that methods In such circumstances if you lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your vehicle audio system are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinn
79. vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly What to do in an emergency 4 CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided 4 CAUTION To prevent internal damage to the transaxle never tow your vehicle from the rear backwards with all four tires in contact with the sur face Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged e Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook e Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force e To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergency Tips for towing a stuck vehicle The following methods are effective eC when your vehicle is stuck in mud sand ae or similar substances that prevent the vehicle from being driven out under its own power e Remove the soil and sand etc from the front and the back of the tires e Place a stone or wood under the tires 1VQA4033 Tie down hook for flatbed towing Maintenance services 6 2 Maintenance schedule 6 3 Owner maintenance 6 10 Engine compartment 6 12 Engine oil 6 13 En
80. vehicle will not start contact an autho rised Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance dn i el What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle 4 CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set What to do in an emergenc Connecting jumper cables Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehi cle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the previous illus tration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then con e 2H nect the other end to the positive termi ms BET nal on the booster battery 2 Proceed er LL to connect one end of the other jumper e cable to the negative terminal of the i booster battery 3 then the other end to a
81. 066012N Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal tem perature Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an Authorized Kia Dealer 4 CAUTION e To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level e Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty e When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank e Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise from the power steering sys tem e The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it Use only the specified power steering fluid Refer to Recommended Lubricants later in this section Power steering hoses Check the connections for oil leaks severe damage and twists in the power steering hose before driving Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER The climate control air filter should be miles If the vehicle is opera
82. 0VQ031700 1VQA2323 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor if equipped 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side impact sensor if equipped Features of your vehicle WARNING e Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bag or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Continued Continued Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of front bumper body or B C pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicles collision and air bag deployment performance Air bag inflation conditions Front air bag 1VQA2084 Front air bags are designed to inflate when the impact is delivered to front col lision sensors depending on the int
83. 4 or above Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to over MICHANG ATF SP IV come engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to SK ATF SP IV measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer _ INOCA ATF SP IV significant cost and energy savings Automatic transaxle fluid Kia genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specifica tion approved by Kia motors corp Power steering fluid PSF III Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers 2 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Maintenance Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather oper number ating starting and oil flow Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel econ omy and cold weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are z required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other A CAUTION A than those recommended could result in engine damage Ways be sure to clean the area When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operat around any filler plug drain plug or ed in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from dipstick before checking or drain the chart ing an
84. 6222N To use the rear seat 2 Release the strap and push the seat 1 Lift the seat by pulling out the stowing forward firmly until it clicks into place to strap insert the catches into the anchors NOTICE Do not push down the upper part of the seatback when pushing the seat for ward Doing so can prevent the catches from being locked in position OVQ036223N 3 Make sure the catches are locked in position by moving the seat forward and backward or lifting the front por tion of the seat If the seat moves it is not locked properly 4 Pull out the folding strap 5 Lift and pull the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear safety belt to the prop er position dn i i E n i Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Rear safety belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the safety belt webbing through the rear safety belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats 4 CAUTION Avoid damag ing rear safety buckles When you fold the rear seatback or put luggage on the rear seat cush ion insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback or luggage 1VQA2190A 4 CAUTION Before changing seat position sli
85. Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low ECOMINDERTM indica tor if equipped ECO The ECOMINDER indicator is a system that illuminates ECO when the driver has reached optimum fuel efficiency e The ECOMINDER indicator will turn the ECO light green on the instrument panel when you are driving fuel effi ciently in the ECO ON mode If you don t want the indicator dis played you can turn the ECO ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the TRIP button For ECO ON OFF Mode operation please refer to the previous page Fuel efficient driving can be influenced by driving habits and road conditions e The indicator will not display while in P Park N Neutral or R Reverse eatures of your vehicle Features of vour vehicle Air bag warning light o This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion If this indicator does not go out or if it illu minates while the vehicle is being driven see an authorized Kia Dealer for immedi ate service This light illuminates if the key is turned to ON and goe
86. Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained technicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publi
87. Link buttons Gate operator programming amp canadian programming During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 in the Programming portion of this text while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training 4 CAUTION If programming a garage door opener or gate it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possi ble motor burn up Accessories If you would like additional information on the HomeLink Wireless Control System HomeLink compatible products or to purchase other accessories such as the HomeLink Lighting Package please contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation n i i n i Features of vour vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers 4 CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do n
88. NSAXLE FLUID RG DE eM FRONT BRAKE DISC PADS CALIPERS C DG H REAR BRAKE DISC PADS C D G HI STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS MORE FREQUENTLY GREG LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT EVERY 12 000 km OR 6 MONTHS CD Ek G DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS Maintenance MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER MORE FREQUENTLY CJE FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT MAINTENANCE ITEM SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km 5 miles in E Driving in sandy areas normal temperature or less than 16 km 10 miles in freezing tem F Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F perature G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing roads J Driving over 170 km h 100 mph D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions cold weather dn i i el Maintenance aap a OWNER MAINTENANCE Owner maintenance schedule The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an Authorized Kia Dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe depen
89. ON The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion R reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward 4 CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R while the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the Vehicle in this manual N neutral The wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive n i o i al Driving your vehicle Sports mode BER DOWN OVQ039025 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D position into the manual gate To return to D range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual tra
90. Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued e Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded con tact an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Load limiter if equipped When the pre tentioner activates if the system senses excessive seat belt ten sion on the driver or passengers seat belt the load limiter inside the pre ten sioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt WARNING Air bag Pre
91. SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by a person of adult size who is seated properly or if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is not illuminated when the front passenger s seat is unoccupied or occupied by a very small person the occupant detec tion system is not working prop erly Have your vehicle immedi ately inspected by your Kia dealer if the occupant detection system is not working properly Continued Continued e If a very low weight adult is seat ed in the front passenger seat the occupant detection system may or may not turn off the right front passenger air bag depending upon the person s seating posi tion and body type Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an air bag for that person e If the front seat passenger changes their seating position for example by not sitting upright by sitting on the edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF indicator may be turned on and the passenger air bag may not deploy in a colli sion Always be sure to sit prop erly in the front passenger seat and wear the safety belt properly and do not do any of the follow ing Continued Features of vour vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash front passe
92. Seat cushion height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever up or down located on the outside of the seat cushion e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times e To raise the seat cushion pull up the lever several times 7 a Tivaaz044 Front seat adjustment power The front seat can be adjusted by using the control knob on the front door Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily control the steer ing wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel 4 CAUTION Power seats are driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seats consume large amounts of electrical power To prevent unnec essary charging system drain don t adjust the power seats longer than necessary while the engine is not running Do not operate two or more power seat control buttons at the same time Doing so may result in power seat motor or electrical component malfunction Features of your vehicle 1VQA2045 Forward and backward Push the control knob forward or back ward to move the seat to the desired position Release the knob once the seat reaches to the desired position 1VQA2047 Seatback angle Push the control knob forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the knob once th
93. Select the or WY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly press the corresponding button manu ally Features of vour vehicle OVQ049339 OVQ049340 Automatic climate control system To defrost outside windshield To defog inside windshield 1 Set fan speed to the highest extreme For maximum defrosting set the tem 1 Select desired temperature right position perature control to the extreme 2 Press the defrost button HY 2 Set temperature to the extreme hot right hot position and the fan speed 3 The air conditioning will be turned on HI position control to the highest speed according to the detected ambient tem 3 Press the defrost button Y e f warm air to the floor is desired while perature outside fresh air position 4 The air conditioning will be turned on defrosting or defogging set the mode and higher fan speed will be selected according to the detected ambient to the floor defrost position automatically temperature and outside fresh air e Before driving clear all snow and ice If the air conditioning outside fresh air position will be selected automatically from the windshield rear window out position and higher fan speed are not side rear view mirrors and all side win selected automatically adjust the corre dows sponding button or knob manuall
94. TE_CONTROL_8111 Features of your vehicle Using the Remote Control In addition to having all the buttons and functionality listed in the DVD and CD Controls section the remote control has several other buttons that offer additional functions It is an infrared remote control and must be pointed at the face of the RSE at a 45 angle for best results It requires a CR2025 battery included The remote control has the following additional buttons NOTICE The RSE system is always awake when the vehicle s ignition is turned on or when the vehicle is in accessory power mode 1 Stop Pressing this button once will stop DVD or CD play To eject a disc you must use the eject button on the control panel hh 33 2 Speaker Volume and These buttons control the volume of the audio of a DVD or CD through the vehicle speakers not the volume from head phones Press to turn the volume up and to turn the volume down 3 Play Pause When an audio CD VCD DVD is insert ed the RSE will display the Kia logo then automatically begin playing the first track The track number and time elapsed for the current track is displayed If a CD VCD DVD is loaded and playing press the PLAY PAUSE BD button to pause the CD VCD DVD Press the but ton again to resume play Ifa CD VCD DVD is already loaded stop ping and playing the CD VCD DVD by pressing PLAY PAUSE gt If button on t
95. To turn the or slippery road pressing the PF RN OVQ041014N ESC on press the ESC OFF B pedal may not K The location of the ESC OFF button may button ESC OFF indicator cause the engine rom revo be changed depending on your model light will go off lutions per minute to The Electronic Stability Control ESC e When starting the engine increase monitors information from various vehicle you may hear a slight ticking sensors and then compares the driver s sound This is the ESC per commands with the actual behavior of the forming an automatic system vehicle If an unstable condition occurs a self check and does not indi sudden evasive movement for example cate a problem ESC intervenes within fractions of a second via the engine computer and brake system and attempts to stabilize the vehicle n i n i E n i n Drivin our vehicle ESC operation off ESC OFF state ESC OFF e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light illu minates e If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again E ESC indicator light ESC E ESC OFF indicator light ESC OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to the ON position the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illumina
96. XT button to move the cursor up and the PREV button to move the cur sor down the menu Press the FWD button to move the cursor to the right and the REV button to move the cursor to the left a i n i Features of your vehicle NOTICE You must repeatedly push any button to move through several items Pressing and holding any button will not advance the cursor beyond the position just moved Press ENTER to select the desired menu choice 11 Source Press the SOURCE button to switch from the RSE s internal DVD player to an external device such as a VCR or video game The sound and images from the external source will be presented through the RSE Pressing the SRC button will switch between the following RSE states Playback state will play DVDs VCDs and CDs Auxiliary AUX state will play video games and other external devices When an external source is selected the RSE s internal DVD player turns off Press the SRC button to switch back from the external source to the internal DVD player If a disc is present in the DVD player the disc will begin to play If another source has been detected such as a VCR or video game the RSE will enter the AUX mode automatically and shall remain so until a disc is inserted or until the PLAY SRC button is pressed on the RSE s front panel or on the remote control If the vehicle ignition is on but the player isn t being used the display will power off The DVD
97. a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab WARNING e When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored If you do not focus on driving it may cause an accident Be care ful when operating what may dis turb driving such as audio or heater lt is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS 1VQA3017 Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever front door is opened the igni tion switch will be illuminated for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 10 sec onds when the door is closed 1VQA3018 Ignition switch and anti theft steering column lock Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the
98. a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band _ gt E5 across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread S2BLA790A left on the tire Replace the tire when Directional tires if equipped this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac EB ES ing the tire i B_ 3 CBGQ0707A j Maintenance WARNING The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally sup plied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new Kia and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the m
99. according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section 4 CAUTION Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil If you drop the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immediately Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate Continued Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pres sure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning coun terclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the A WARNING engine and radiator are hot Hot i coolant and steam may still blow Removing radiator out under pressure causing seri cap ous injury Checking the coolant level OVQ066004N Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses Never attempt to remove the radi A WARNING ator cap while the engine is oper The electric motor cool ating or hot Doing so might lead ly ing fan is controlled by to cooling system and engine damage and could result in seri ous personal
100. again When RSE is de selected by the Head Unit the headphones can still be used to hear audio dn i i Features of your vehicle AUX INPUT 8111A Connecting Other Devices to the RSE Electronic devices such as video game systems VHS players Camcorder or etc can be played through the RSE These external devices can be connected to the unit via RCA plugs available throughout the vehicle DC power for additional elec tronic equipment is provided by one of the 12 volt power outlets located in the dash Additional information can be found in the vehicle manual Press the SOURCE SRC Button to switch to the externally connected device AUX mode The RSE unit has an automatic video detection feature that will automatic switch to external device when the device is plugged into the auxiliary jacks in the vehi cle Once the RSE has switched to the exter nal device you can make your selections by using the buttons on the external device The RSE controls will not work for external devices For example to select a video game after the RSE has recognized the source you must use the game con trols not the RSE controls to choose a selection The RSE unit will automatically switch to the RSE mode when the external device is unplugged from the auxiliary jacks The display mode can be changed by DISP ED button 4 CAUTION Connect only appropriate input sources to the RSE jacks Connecting an incorrect input may cau
101. ages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broad casts music sports news and entertain ment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Sirius XM service requires a subscrip tion sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SiriusXM serv ice at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Programming sub ject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 con
102. al and 16 9 widescreen Press the display button to select the preferred aspect ratio When the RSE unit receives video signals from the AUX the aspect ratio can be changed to 16 9 or 4 3 by the DISP button The aspect ratio information will auto matically disappear if no button is pressed for three seconds Features of your vehicle 5 Forward There are three DVD and VCD fast for ward speeds Press and hold the FWD button for up to 2 seconds and the player will fast forward at 4 times the normal speed 8 times for VCDs Hold the but ton for more than 2 seconds but less than 4 seconds and the player will fast forward at about 8 times the normal speed 20 times for VCDs Hold the button for more than 4 seconds and the fast forward will increase to about 32 times the normal speed for both DVDs and VCDs Press the FWD button again to stop fast for warding and return to normal speed play 6 Reverse There are three DVD and VCD fast reverse speeds Press and hold the REV button for up to 2 seconds and the player will reverse through the DVD at 4 times the normal speed 8 times for VCDs Hold the button for more than 2 seconds but less than 4 seconds and the player will reverse at about 8 times the normal speed 20 times for VCDs Hold the but ton for more than 4 seconds and the reverse will increase to 32 times the nor mal speed for both DVDs and VCDs Press the REV button again to stop reversing and return to normal spee
103. al clock 22 acess eee 3 193 10 Climate control system 3 147 3 159 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 3 146 li2 Sealwarme reef ata 3 45 PO Se Shifble vee ee DEE 4 5 14 Cigar lighter or Power outlet 3 189 S Roweroulefoos eee 3 193 T6 AShtray SERENE 3 189 17 Passenger s airbag 3 94 18 Vent controls Paro 3 151 3 166 ono e T AI 19 Glove DOX 3 187 ii 20 Sunglass holder 3 187 217 S UnNV SOn a ER 3 192 22 Power sliding door and power tallgatesconinols ea 3 17 23 SUMLOO ee eee ete eee 3 33 24 Conversation MIrror 3 115 25 ThIPFCOMPBULCK ste 3 121 26 Day night rearview mirror SG if equipped OVQ029002N 2 3 Keys 3 3 Remote keyless entry 3 4 Theft alarm system 3 7 Immobilizer system 3 9 Door locks 3 11 Power sliding door and power tailgate 3 17 Window 3 26 Features of your vehicle Hood 3 29 Fuel filler lid 3 30 Sunroof 3 33 Seat 3 37 Driver position memory system 3 59 Power adjustable pedals 3 61 Safety belts 3 62 Child restraint system 3 76 Air bags advanced restraint system 3 83 Steering wheel 3 106 Mirrors 3 108 Instrument cluster 3 116 Gauges 3 117 Trip computer 3 121 Warnings and indicators 3 127 Interior lights 3 133 Lighting 3 137 Wipers and washers 3 141 Horn 3 145 Defroster 3 145 Hazard warni
104. alibrate the compass drive the vehicle is 2 complete circles at less than 5 MPH Features of your vehicle OVQ028107 Conversation mirror The mirror is a convenient feature to help the front passenger talk with rear pas sengers without turning the head or body rearward To use the mirror push the cover and open it Adjust mirror angle to the desired posi tion Close the cover after use Features of vour vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A iil a MFP 30 190 120 o to at 140 come SET O mph oo Esc Ger 1 Tachometer a LA 4 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Shift position indicator Automatic transaxle only 7 Odometer Trip odometer 8 Fuel gauge 80 100 120 E y a 140 a1000rom OVQ030026C OVQ030027C Features of your vehicle GAUGES gt 80 00 129 40 N si POR i oC 60 hmm 4s 160 40 mph ino Sar 40 Ho 180 a 20 we g wzo 130 OVQ036404N Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle OVQ039032N Odometer Trip odometer You can choose the odometer trip odometer A and trip odometer B by pressing the reset button TTT TRIP A gt TRIP ECOMINDER INDICATOR ECO ON OFF if equipped OVQ022124K Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven Features of y
105. allow a child restraint to be used in these positions without an added locking clip They normally lock only under extreme or emergency conditions emer gency lock mode However they can be adjusted so that they remain fixed and locked when a child restraint system is placed in these positions Use this auto lock mode only to secure a child restraint never for passengers restrained by the safety belts The drivers safety belt can only operate in the emergency lock mode Safety belts provide the best restraint when e The seatback is upright The occupant is sitting upright not slouched The lap belt is snug across the hips e The shoulder belt is snug across the chest e The knees are straight forward Features of your vehicle WARNING After a colli sion Lap shoulder belt assemblies may be stretched or damaged when subjected to the stress and forces of a collision e The entire restraint system should be inspected following any collision All belts retractors anchors and hardware damaged by a collision should be replaced before the vehicle is operated again WARNING Cargo area Passengers should never be allowed to ride in the cargo area of a vehicle No safety belts are pro vided for the cargo area Persons riding in the vehicle without a fas tened safety belt are much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury or death during an accident WARNING Twisted belts A twisted or
106. amount of air pressure in a tire measured in kilopascals kPa or pounds per square inch psi before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and Cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg
107. ance then the chime will sound 3 times and stop movement or move to the full open position to allow the object to be cleared However if the resistance is weak such as an object that is thin or soft or the door is near latched position the auto matic stop and reversal may not detect the resistance and closing operation will continue Also if the power sliding door or power tailgate is forced by strong impact the automatic stop and reversal may operate If the automatic stop and reversal feature operates continuously more than twice during one opening or closing operation the power sliding door or power tailgate may stop at that position At this time close the doors manually and operate the door automatically again On the driver s side fuse panel PF Eer n pla OTON VA LSS SS rn 1VQA4005 How to reset the power sliding door and power tailgate If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected and the power sliding door or power tailgate doesn t work properly the power sliding door and power tailgate must be reset as follows 1 Put the shift lever in the P Park for automatic transaxle 2 Close the sliding door s windows and fuel filler lid Features of your vehicle 3 Pull the SHUNT connector on the dri ver s side fuse panel and reinstall it after 1 minute 4 Close the sliding door or tailgate man ually 5 Open the sliding do
108. and turn the rear fan speed control REAR knob in the front climate control panel to the desired position To change the rear fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the knob to the OFF position turns off the rear fan OVQ049334 From rear seat if equipped Set the rear climate control selection REAR button in the front climate control panel to the ON position and turn the rear fan speed control knob on the rear control panel to the desired position To change the rear fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the knob to the OFF position turns off the rear fan Features of vour vehicle OVQ049333 Rear temperature control if equipped From front seat Set the rear climate control selection REAR button to the OFF position and set the rear temperature control REAR TEMP button in the front climate control panel to the desired position To change the rear air temperature push the upper part A of the button for warmer air or push the lower part W of the button for cooler air OVQ049335 From rear seat if equipped Set the rear climate control selection REAR button in the front climate control panel to the ON position and turn the rear temperature control knob on the rear control panel to the desired position To change the rear air temperature turn the knob to the right for warmer air or left for co
109. anual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 2 Vehicle break in process 1 3 Introduction HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections spread throughout the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents A good place to start is the index it has an alpha betical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has seven sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the infor mation you want You ll find various WARNINQ s CAUTION s and NOTICE s in this manu al These were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recom mendations provided in these WARNING s CAUTION s and NOTICE s 4 CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution Is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or he
110. anufacturer If the safety belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint system and the instruc tions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident Features of vour vehicle 2nd row seat pe ban or EEE g VWTUumm OVQ036230R 1 Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrest route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat L o OVQ037229N Securing a child restraint seat Tether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are located on the back of the rear seat cushions OVQ037300N 1 Child seat lower anchors Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint system LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specif ic seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to u
111. ar facing infant seat in the front passenger posi tion The baby will be injured or killed by the air bag if it deploys Never allow a child to stand or kneel on the seat of a moving vehi cle Larger children As children grow they may need to use new child restraint systems including larger child seats or booster seats which are appropriate for their increased size A child who has outgrown available child restraint systems should use the belts provided in the vehicle When seated in the rear outboard seats the child should be restrained by the lap shoulder belt If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system In addition after market devices are available from inde pendent manufacturers which help pull the shoulder belt down and away from the child s face or neck d WARNING Shoulder belts on small children e Never allow a shoulder belt to be in contact with a child s neck or face while the vehicle is in motion If safety belts are not properly worn and adjusted on children there is a risk of death or serious injury a Features of vour vehicle OXMA033101 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts retractor pretensioner and EFD E
112. arrieiro 3 121 CC E Vehicle break in process uninanianin ini io Ee Vehicle certification label AF Vehicle identification number VIN i 4 37 We Vee 6 18 Waste tray see ashtray PARLI RA arie 3 189 Warnings and indicators mai niniio i 22197 Wheel alignment and tire balance 00 6 38 Wheel replacement snc iii 6 38 Will lio 3 26 Power window lock switch ee 3 28 Windshield defrosting and defogging e 3 173 Defogging logic rimini nia 3 175 Winter driving nia iii 4 30 re N TT 4 30 Wiper blades nia 6 21 Wipers and washers smania 3 14
113. asohol 4 CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability gasohol containing Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good qual ity gasolines treated with detergent addi tives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit for mation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 12 000 km or every engine oil change is recommended Additives are available from your author ized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other addi tives VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emer
114. at less than 8km h 2 times or until the com pass heading appears 2 Driving in a circle in right handed direction and opposite direction are possible and if the calibration is com pleted the compass heading will appear 3 Keep driving in a circle until a compass heading appears Setting the compass zone 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Maps below 2 Press and hold the button 2 for more than 6 but less than 9 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button 2 again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again n i n i n al Features of vour vehicle Re calibrating the Compass There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field Items such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna or even some body repair work on the vehicle can cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass Press and hold the button 2 between 9 and 12 seconds Release the button when a C appears in the display which indicates the compass needs calibration 2 To re c
115. ate the other door locks and han Operating door locks from inside the vehicle dles front and rear With the door lock button Lower a front window and use the key e To unlock a door pull the door lock but to unlock the door from outside ton 1 to the Unlock position If the door is unlocked the red part 2 of the button becomes visible n i a Features of your vehicle fu Passenger s door if equipped festata tdg M 1VQA2012 When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle A
116. atellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 1 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to chan nel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activa tion signal 1 SAT Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the SAT button to switch to SIR IUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 gt SAT1 2 SEEK Button Press VSEEKZ button for less than 0 8 seconds to select previous or next channel Press V SEEK button for 0 8 seconds or longer to continuously move to previous or next channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the channels within current category 3 PRESET Buttons e Press 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec onds to play the channel saved in each button Press 1 6 buttons for 0 8 seconds or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep 4 SCAN Button e When the SCAN button is pressed it automatically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through every channel starting from the initial chan nel for ten seconds Press the SCAN button again to stop the scan fe
117. ature and to listen to the currently selected channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel chang ing is done through the channels with in current category 5 TUNE knob amp ENTER button e Rotate clockwise to increase the chan nel number or to scroll down the cate gory list Rotate counterclockwise to decrease the channel number or to scroll up the category list e Press this to make selection of chan nels or items tl Features of your vehicle 6 CAT Category Button e Press CAT or CAT V button to Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error 7 enter the Category List Mode it dis plays category items and highlights the category that currently tuned channel belongs to On Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list Press ENTER Button to select the lowest channel in highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cate gory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen INFO Button Displays the information of the current channel as below when the button is pressed each time When default display is CAT Category CH Channel Artist Title Composer if available Category Channel When default display is ART Artist TITLE Title Category Channel Composer if available Artist Title If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia
118. beginning credits or any copyright FBI warnings Features of your vehicle When viewing a menu pressing the MENU button again will automatically return to the movie at the point it was being viewed You can also select play or any other option by using the NEXT PREV FWD and REV buttons Press the NEXT button to move the cursor up and the PREV button to move the cur sor down the menu Press the FWD button to move the cursor to the right and the REV button to move the cursor to the left NOTICE You must repeatedly push any button to move through several items Pressing and holding any button will not advance the cursor beyond the position just moved Press ENTER to select the desired menu choice 11 Source Press the SOURCE button to switch from the RSE s internal DVD player to an external device such as a VCR or video game The sound and images from the external source will be presented through the RSE Pressing the SRC button will switch between the following RSE states Playback state will play DVDs VCDs and CDs Auxiliary AUX state will play video games and other external devices When an external source is selected the RSE s internal DVD player turns off Press the SRC button to switch back from the external source to the internal DVD player If a disc is present in the DVD player the disc will begin to play If another source has been detected such as a VCR or video game the RSE
119. button once changes the player to 1 8 of normal speed Press the button again to return to pause mode Press and hold either button for more than 2 seconds but less than 4 seconds and the player will switch to 1 4 of the normal speed Hold either button for more than 4 seconds and the player will switch to 1 2 of the normal speed From the remote control for DVD you can immediately switch to 1 8 forward or backward speed with the gt but tons Press either button again to return to normal play While using the Slow Play feature the current play speed is displayed on the screen Press PLAY again to resume normal play 16 On Off This button will only turn off the DVD or CD and display not the system itself The system will remain on standby Features of your vehicle Appendix Messages NON PLAYABLE MEDIA An incompatible format disc is inserted or the disc is not playable S INVALID ICON Invalid button press The PREV button was pressed during the first chapter of a DVD or the NEXT button was pressed during the last chapter of a DVD NO DISC Displayed with the PLAY button is pressed but not disc is in the player The player is searching the disc to determine its format and check for any special program ming A disc is inserted in the RSE but not playing DISC ERROR The inserted disc is either scratched or otherwise damaged and cannot be played REGION ERROR The region code of the disc is different from t
120. c 5 8 Jacking Instiuetioiis ana 5 11 Removing the spare Liar 5S Storing the spare lena 5 9 Floor mat anchor succ 3 194 Fluid elie ee E eee 6 17 Washer FAI ana 6 18 Folding the rear seat back eereeeeereeeeeeteeeetesteeetttttneees 3 50 Front seat adjustment lt TD 3 39 Front seat adjustment DOWEL cei 3 40 Front passenger s air bag iii 3 94 Fuel filler Dd cnr 3 30 Fuel gauge iii 3 119 Fuel requirements dia 1 2 I Melis a dina 6 23 Fuse relay panel description iii 6 26 Mam TUSE ran 6 26 1 4 G Gal rinite ininaicei ini 3 117 EcominderTM indicator ci 3 118 Engine temperature gauge ii 3 119 Fuel gauge siii iii 3 119 Instrument panel illumination sian 3 120 Olona anca 3 117 Speedometer serie iii 3 117 Mhae anioni iris 3 118 Trip odometeriiicisiioii 10026161611611641 3 118 Lionetti iii 3 187 HB SI Hazard warning flasher rin iii 3 146 Hazardous driving conditions eseese 4 27 Heade ee E O T 3 42 3 48 Homelink wireless control system i 3 178 Homelink wireless control system with rearview display ecserin ieaiaia 3 182 olii io 3 29 OR N N N OO 3 145 How to use this manual ara l 2 Index Ignition SWITCH csiciziczi arri 4 3 Immobilizer system ioni iii 3 9 Indicators and Warnings ie zonzo 3 127 Instrument cluster scan 3 116 Instrument p anel illumination ssi 3 120 Instrument p anel overyvieW scri 2 3 Interot Care aeara rannen n icaro ani 6 51 Interi
121. cations carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not all be applicable to your par ticular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia Dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2013 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea Introduction 1 Your vehicle at a glance oa Features of your vehicle Sia Driving your vehicle Casi TABLE OF CONTENT SK What to do in an emergency 5 6 Specifications j Introduction How to use this m
122. cause needless wear possible damage to the brakes and poor fuel economy Improper wheel alignment results in faster tire wear and lower fuel econo my Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped WARNING ABS Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to pro vide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud d WARNING Downshifting Downshifting with an automatic transaxle while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident The sudden change in tire speed
123. ceiver which allows you to program the mirror to activate your garage door s estate gate home lighting etc The mirror actually learns the codes from your various exist ing transmitters HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls Inc WARNING e When programming the HomeLink Wireless Control System you may be operating a garage door or gate operator Make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the moving door or gate to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety stan dards This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener with out these features increases risk of serious injury or death For more information call 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Continued Continued e Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchase It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes follow step 1 in the Programming portion of this text Programming Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC position for
124. charged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade This is normal condition and you can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows While depressing the AUTO button depress the OFF button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade OVQ049325 Front fan speed control knob The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by turning the fan speed control knob The higher the fan speed is the more air is delivered Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan F eatures of vour vehicle OVQ049326 Air intake control button This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position peer With the recirculated air posi tion selected air from pas senger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTICE It should be noted that prolonged oper ation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fogging of the wind shield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition
125. chor position to To unfasten the lap shoulder belt your size To raise the anchor position Press the release button on the buckle push the anchor up 1 To lower the and allow the belt to slowly retract anchor position press 2 the button A and slide the anchor down 3 After adjustment make sure the anchor is locked in position if equipped If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too near your neck you will not be getting the most effective protection The shoul der portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck Features of your vehicle si 0vQ036225N 1VQH3903 3 Point rear center belt 2 Insert the tongue plate A into the 3 Pull the tongue plate B and insert the 3rd row open end of the buckle C until an tongue plate B into the open end of To fasten the rear center belt audible click is heard indicating the the buckle D until an audible click is 1 Extract the tongue plate from the hole latch is locked Make sure the belt is heard indicating the latch is locked pull the tongue plates out from the retractor 4 CAUTION Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securely loaded in the rear cargo area Failing to do so may damage the rear center safety belt in sudden stop or certain collisions Features of your vehicle There will be an audible click when the tab locks in the buckle The safety belt automatical
126. ck stroke ECM mirror Rain sensor Seat warmer RAM 1 RAM RAM 3 Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component PM 1 50A Instrument panel module IPM 2 Instrument panel module IPM 3 Instrument panel module FRT BLOWER Inside relay box Front blower relay RR BLOWER Inside relay box Rear blower relay Gae ignition relay ic COMP RELAY Air conditioner compressor relay MAINRELAY Maney START RELAY Sartre FUEL PUMP RELAY Fuel pump rey Engine compartment main fuse Description Fuse rating Protected component 150A 200A C FAN Cooling fan Maintenance Shunt connector Shunt connector Your vehicle is equipped with a shunt connector to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the shunt connector If the shunt connector is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be rest after replacement Even though the shunt connector is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices Maintenance BATTERY d WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instruc
127. closed automatically by pulling the When the sliding doors are opened man inside or outside door handles ually power OFF more effort will be required to open and close than on non power sliding doors 3 20 Features of your vehicle On the overhead console P A gt Lr t oo 4 it ni LED Il LG Se M Power sliding door operation e Push the corresponding main control button on the overhead console to open or close the power sliding door However the power sliding door will not open with the transmitter or the main control button when all power sliding doors and power taligate are locked and closed 1VQA2018 On the center pillar trim OVQ036003N When the power ON OFF button PWR is ON depressed do as fol lows to open or close the power sliding doors Push the corresponding sub control button on the center pillar trim Pull the door handle from inside or outside vehicle If the sub control button is pushed while the door is locked or child safe ty lock is engaged the chime sounds once and the power sliding door will not open lf the door handle is pulled from inside or outside while the door is locked or child safety lock is engaged the power sliding door will not open However the power sliding door can be opened by pulling the outside door handle while the door is unlocked and child safety lock is engaged When the power ON OFF button PWR is OFF not de
128. control SYSTEM iii 3 159 Air conditioning mccain 3 166 Instrument panel veti aaa 3 166 Outlet port eect Oe oT ee ee 3 164 Pear climate control eessssssssesessessesessssssesessessseeseeseese 3 167 i2 Automatic transaxle nannini 4 5 Shift lock SYSTEM iii 4 9 Sports mode 4 8 Aux USB and iPod porte 3 195 B ALLETY iii 6 32 B attery saver Mineo 3 137 Before driving iii 4 2 Bottle holders see cup holders iii 3 190 Brake system 4 14 Anti lock brake system ABS 4 17 Parking brake iii 4 15 Power biagi iva rataionna 4 14 Brake ai 6 17 Bulb Wattage ei T 2 C apacities Lubricants POI AR AS O ASTA ET 7 4 Centtal door lock Sw ite herreria nnii ana EN 3 13 Changing tires iii 5 11 Chains Safety chains iii 4 32 Checking tire inflation pressure ii 6 36 Child restraint SYSTEM ci 3 76 Tether anchor SYSTEM iii 3 78 Child protector rear door lock iii 3 15 Cigarette lighter ERRATA 3 189 Climate control air filter near 6 20 Climate control system Automatic 00000000 3 159 Air conditioning iniiiiiiiziziio i 3 166 Climate control system Manual FERITA RI RA rr ree 3 147 Air conditioning seedeet io 3 152 Clock Digital oeeie zioni ninni 3 193 Clothes hanger siii 3 19 Cluster TOA Zr sioni iaia 3 176 Combined instrument see instrument cluster lt 3 116 Compact spare tire replacement E 6 38 Compass mirror see the Electric chromic mito EOM ioni 3 110 Ciociaria 6 14 Cooling fluid see engine coolant iii 6 14 C
129. ctuator RR P OTLT LH Rear power outlet Left Rear power outlet Right RR DEFOG RELAY Rearwindowdeftosterrelay O C O OOOO O O Maintenance Engine compartment Description Fuse rating Protected component FRT RR WASHER 10A Front washer motor relay Rear washer motor Lo a aee Fuel filter m Min High mounted stop lamp AO 6A TA ECU 1 10A PCU ECU A C comp relay Mass e air flow sensor Immobilizer unit O2 DN O2 sensor RL RR ECU 2 15A PCU ECU Oil control valve 1 2 Variable intake manifold valve 1 2 Canister purge solenoid valve Canister close valve Pulse width modulation relay 02 UP O2 sensor FL FR IGN COIL Ignition coil 1 2 3 4 5 6 Condensor INJECTOR 15A PCU ECU Injector 1 2 3 4 5 6 Glow relay 1 2 Intake manifold valve EGR Solenoid valve Cooling fan relay Air flow sen sor Intake throttle valve Description Fuserating Protected component Description Fuse rating Protected component rating Protected component P TRAIN 7 5A Theft alarm relay Main relay TCM Generator ECM Injector 15A ECU 2 15A ECU 1 10A Air conditioner compressor relay Inlet metering valve EGR sole noid valve Air flow sensor Diesel box Immobilizer module SP TO SA Spar se ee i0f_ Spare fuse 15A Spare fuse 2 ZA Spare fuse SOT ESOenmimectie ESC control eddie ABS control module scenes FRTWIPER soa FrontwiperON relay KEY SW 2 30A Start relay G2 Load Variable ra
130. d play 7 Next While a DVD is playing press the NEXT button to skip to the next chapter The current chapter number is shown on the screen Press and hold the NEXT button to move quickly through the chapters NOTICE Depending on the DVD if NEXT is pressed during the last chapter on a DVD a red circle with a Invalid icon S may be displayed indicating an invalid button press 8 Previous Press the PREV button to skip to the beginning of the previous chapter Press and hold the PREV button to move quick ly through the chapters Depending on your DVD if the PREV button is pressed during the first 8 sec onds of the first chapter the player will skip to the beginning of the last chapter of the DVD 9 Enter A momentary press shall initiate a select or enter function of a selected menu item 10 Menu DVDs may contain special programming or features that are accessed by using the menu To use the menu with a DVD that is playing press the MENU button once to display the DVD disc menu Press the but ton a second time to exit the menu and return to the DVD program The menu is not available during disc ini tialization the beginning credits or any copyright FBI warnings When viewing a menu pressing the MENU button again will automatically return to the movie at the point it was being viewed You can also select play or any other option by using the NEXT PREV FWD and REV buttons Press the NE
131. dable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check coolant level in coolant reser voir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check automatic transaxle P Park function Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal At least monthly Check coolant level in the coolant recovery reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn
132. damaged if the switch is set in AUTO mode while washing vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by you vehicle warranty When the starting the vehicle in win ter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body e Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth Do not put pressure on the wind shield glass Variable intermittent wipers Set the lever to the INT AUTO position and choose the desired wiper interval by turning the ring 1 One touch wiper For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held 4 CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry e To prevent damage to the wiper
133. de of the seat at the rear 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever or strap and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock 2nd row seat ___ Armrest The 2nd row seats have the armrest located on the side of seatback To use the armrest swing down the arm rest to the lowest position OVQ036205N Features of your vehicle OVQ039300N 3 Headrest rear The rear seat s is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the passengers but also helps to pro tect the head and neck in the event of a collision For best protection adjust the headrest so its center is as high as your ears 2nd row seat 1VQA2050 alt Let l TOR Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Features of vour vehicle 2nd row seat 2 1VQA2329 Full flat seat When the vehicle is parked you can place the front seat in a reclined position nearly flat 1 Move the rear seat to the farthest rear o ward position
134. doors Turn the key to the left once to unlock the passenger s door and to the left twice within 3 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter key if equipped Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions Rear sliding doors 1VQA2005 e Once the doors are unlocked it may be opened by pulling the door handle and sliding the door towards the rear of the vehicle n i o i n el Features of vour vehicle Rear sliding doors OVQ047205 e When the door is fully open the door will lock into an open position To close the door pull out the door handle 1 and sliding the door 2 towards the front of vehicle If the window on the rear sliding door is open more than 80 mm 3 in the rear sliding door will not open fully but will open to the 3 4 position 4 CAUTION The left sliding door cannot be opened when the fuel filler lid is open However if the fuel filler lid is opened after the door is opened slightly the left sliding door can be slide rearward Close the left sliding door to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid Front door Rear door i 1VQA2327
135. driving time to zero dn i ol Features of vour vehicle 2 SE 0V0020321 Average fuel consumption AVG shown on display This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 500 m 0 3 miles The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 99 9 1 100 km 0 0 to 99 9 miles per gal lon Pressing the RESET button for less than 4 seconds when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to until the vehicle is moved to 500 m 0 3 miles a 2222 Outside temperature This mode indicates the outside temper ature around the vehicle The meters working range is from 40 C to 60 C 40 F 140 F SE OV 22323 Unit conversion The unit on each mode can be changed by pushing the RESET button for more than 4 seconds as follows e Distance to empty km gt MI e Average fuel consumption 100km lt gt MPG e Outside temperature C lt gt F The units on the mode of distance to empty and average fuel consumption are changed together However the outside temperature mode display units are changed separately WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Checking operation All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine
136. e A Se we 0004011 Features of your vehicle 1 It can be used when the ignition 7 switch is in ACC or ON position 4 CAUTION 2 3 It can be used regardless of the Use power outlet only when the ignition switch position engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using Power outlet the accessory plug for prolonged The power outlets are designed to pro periods of time with the engine vide power for mobile telephones or off could cause the battery to dis other devices designed to operate with charge vehicle electrical systems The devices Only use 12V electric accessories should draw less than 10 amps with the which are less than 10A in elec engine running tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating Digital clock level when using the power outlet Close the Cover when Net Se Whenever the battery terminals related 5 fuses are disconnected you must reset Some electronic devices can the time cause electronic interference When the ignition switch is in the ACC or when plugged into a vehicles ON position the clock buttons operate as power outlet These devices may follows cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Features of your vehicle e HOUR Pressing the H button with your fin ger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by
137. e brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may result in the vehi cle not slowing down at the usual rate and pulling to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driv ing through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes 4 CAUTION To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads 4 CAUTION Always replace brake pads as com plete front or rear axle sets
138. e control panel to the from rear seat desired position if equipped if equipped 4 The rear mode is controlled according to the front mode control if equipped with both of the rear heater and air conditioner Type A Type B If not equipped with either of the rear heater or air conditioner rear air blows only from one side of lower or upper vents 5 To turn on the rear air conditioning system if equipped turn on the air conditioning button in the front climate control panel E Rear if equipped OVQ049331 1VQA2168 OVQ049312 ke n i n Features of your vehicle From the rear seat if equipped 1 Set the rear climate control selection REAR button in the front climate con trol panel to the ON position 2 Set the rear fan speed control knob on the rear climate control panel to the desired position 3 Set the rear temperature control knob D on the rear climate control panel to the desired position if equipped Select the desired rear mode button on the rear climate control panel if equipped If not equipped with either of the rear heater or air conditioner rear air blows only from one side of lower or upper vents 5 To turn on the rear air conditioning system if equipped turn on the air conditioning button in the front climate control panel OVQ049332 Rear fan speed control From front seat Set the rear climate control selection REAR button to the OFF position
139. e materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame mem bers have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte nance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish Clean the wheel when it has cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid deter gents It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protective finish Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cos metic oil sun cream
140. e only a genuine When fuel filler lid does not open Kia cap or the equivalent speci with the release button fied for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a seri the fuel filler lid does not open using ous malfunction of the fuel sys the remote fuel filler lid release you can tem or emission control system open it manually Unsnap and remove the panel in the cargo area Pull the handle e Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint If the fuel filler lid will not open in cold weather because the area around it is frozen push or lightly tap the lid outward Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED 1VQA2030 1 Slide button 2 Tilt button 3 Close button If your vehicle is equipped with this fea ture you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control buttons located on the overhead console NOTICE In cold and wet climates sunroof may not work properly due to freezing con ditions The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position The sunroof can be operated for approx imately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front door is opened the sunroof cannot be operat ed even within the 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position 4
141. e seat reaches to the desired position Features of your vehicle ER gt e OVQ039046 OVQ039300N 1 Seat cushion height for driver s seat Headrest front Push the control knob up to raise or The driver s and front passenger s seats down to lower the seat cushion Release are equipped with a headrest for the the knob once the seat reaches to the occupant s safety and comfort desired position The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Features of your vehicle 1VQH3900N Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passengers head from moving backward and thus helps prevent neck injuries l 1VQA2049 Forward and backward adjustment if equipped The headrest may be adjusted forward to three different positions by pulling the headrest forward To adjust the headrest backward pull it fully forward to the far thest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck i 1VQA2050 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired
142. ear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling Front climate control is we Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on the right rear trim together Front climate control is 4 S i Rear air blows from the lower vents on the right rear trim x If the rear air conditioner is not equipped rear air blows only from the lower vents If the rear heater is not equipped rear air blows only from the upper vents OVQ049317 When the rear climate control selection REAR CONTROL button in the front cli mate control panel is in the ON position the rear mode is selected by pushing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows Z Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling v Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on the right rear trim together Rear air blows from the lower vents on the right rear trim Features of your vehicle i iii IL _ BE OVQ028339 Rear vents if equipped The vent can be adjusted by rotating the blade NOTICE If all the vents are closed it may cause some noise Always open 2 vents or more System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired
143. ection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s air bag should be enabled may inflate or not Only the front passenger front air bag is controlled by the Occupant Detection System dn i n i E n i Features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detec tion system Detection devices located under the front passenger seat frame Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems both front and side should be activat ed or deactivated e A indicator light ocated on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF passen ger air bag system is deactivated e The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system e OVQ038012N If there is no passenger in the front pas senger seat or if the passenger in the front passenger seat is very light such as a child the front PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may illuminate When this indicator is ON the front pas senger s air bag will not operate If there is no passenger in the front pas senger s seat the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator comes on and the system shuts off the front passenger s front air bag Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s le
144. eed is on the following system settings will be made automatically the air conditioning system will be turned on the recirculated air position will be selected ethe face mode will be selected If you select MAX A C mode you will not be able to cancel the A C system operation or change the recirculated air mode position Set the fan speed control knob to the desired speed and rotate the temperature control knob to the COOL blue position for maximum cooling outlet port B E Face position Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet outlet port B E Face floor position Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor outlet port B C E F Floor position Nod Most of the air flow is direct ed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defroster outlet port A C D E F Floor defrost position Most of the air flow is direct ed to the floor and the wind shield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters outlet port A C D E F Defrost position Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters outlet port A D E Features of your vehicle TCA a 1VQA2148 Instrument panel vents If air flow control is no
145. elp keep you away from the air bags during heavy braking just before a collision If occupants are not wearing safe ty belts or correctly seated they cannot be protected and thus face serious injury or death Driver s and front passenger s air bag are designed to inflate only in certain frontal collision and side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impacts Frontal air bags will generally not provide protection in side impacts vehicles not equipped with side and curtain air bags or rear impacts rollovers less severe frontal collisions They will not pro vide protection from later impacts in a multi impact collision Continued ed to flood conditions e g soaked carpeting standing water on the floor of the vehicle etc or if your vehicle has become flood damaged in any way do not attempt to start the vehicle or put the key in the ignition before dis connecting the battery Disregarding this precaution may cause air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If your vehicle is subjected to flooded conditions before starting the vehicle have the vehicle towed to an autho rized Kia dealer for inspection and necessary repairs OVQ036096N Occupant detection system The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain condi tions The occupant det
146. en parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them j Maintenance EA a EE E E A Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is
147. ensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision generally from an area a little to the left to a little to the right of straight ahead ki cd Features of vour vehicle OVQ032016N Side air bags if equipped Side air bags side and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sen sors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact of side impact of side impact collision or rollover Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collision it may inflate in any collision if front impact sen sors detect a sufficient impact Side air bags side and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collision it may inflate in any collision if side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment To protect occupants front air bags or pre tensioner seat belts may deploy in certain side impact collisions 1VQA2086 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because the risk of injuries which can be caused by the air bags exceeds the be
148. ent when deployment occurs In that situation serious injury or death is possible Never allow front passenger to put their hands feet or face on or close to the instrument panel In the event of air bag deployment such a mispositioned occupant would be likely to suffer severe injury or death Never allow children pregnant women or weak persons to sit in the front passenger seat Do not put child restraint system on the front passenger s seat either They may be seriously injured by the air bag inflation when air bag deploys Continued the instrument panel Do not apply any accessory to the front windshield Do not install after market mirrors or accessories on the factory installed rearview mir ror Any of these could interfere with the deployment of the air bag or could hit your body at high speed and cause severe bodily injury and even death Air bag system components The main components of your SRS are To indicate that your vehicle is equipped with air bags the corre sponding air bag covers are marked with SRS AIR BAG Driver s air bag Passenger s air bag Side air bag Curtain air bag A diagnostic system that continually monitors the system operation An indicator light to warn you of a pos sible problem with the system The SRS uses a collection of sensors to gather information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passenger s safety belt usage and impact severity
149. ents do not blade assembly to expose the plastic known to make the windshield diffi attempt to move the wipers manual locking clip cult to clean ly 4 CAUTION Contamination of either the windshield or Do not allow the wiper arm to fall the wiper blades with foreign matter can 4 CAUTION against the windshield since it may reduce the effectiveness of the wind The use of a non specified wiper chip or crack the windshield shield wipers Common sources of con blade could result in wiper malfunc tamination are insects tree sap and hot tion and failure wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water Maintenance Rear window wiper blade replace ment To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance n R FUSES Blade type Blown Normal Cartridge type Normal Fusible link i i Normal Blown 1VQA4037 A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has three fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bolster another in the cargo area t
150. er normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs NOTICE Playing an To prevent the disc surface from get Incompatible Copy ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by Protected Audio CD the edges or the edges of the center Some copy protected CDs which do not hole only comply with the international audio CD Clean the disc surface with a piece of standards Red Book may not play on soft cloth before playback wipe it from your vehicle audio Please note that if the center to the outside edge you try to play copy protected CDs and Do not damage the disc surface or the CD player does not perform correct attach pieces of sticky tape or paper ly the CDs maybe defective not the CD onto it player Make sure objects other than CDs are not inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time Features of your vehicle RADIO SET UP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL m CD Player PA710S SIRIUSA O Buetocth _ Da 1 FM AM Button WAM SAT 2 SEEK Button AUX O 3 POWER Button amp VOLUME Knob 4 SCAN Button 5 MUTE Button 6 SETUP Button 8 7 TUNE amp AUDIO Control Knob 8 PRESET Buttons m CD Changer PA760S VQ_PA710S_RADIO VQ_760S_RADIO Features of your vehicle Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 FM AM Button The FM AM button toggles between FM and AM Listed below are the paths as the system switches fro
151. er the collision e In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which normally can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones and sometimes more serious injuries because that inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel dn i ll Features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest to both the safety belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder We strongly urge you to open your doors and or win dows as soon as po
152. er moving the locking tap to the unlock position and move it rearward To reinstall the storage insert the front tap on the bottom of the storage into the front hole on the floor put the rear por tion on the floor and move the locking tap to the lock position Make sure the com partment is locked in place Do not place heavy cups or cans in cup holders Cup holders could be damaged Features of vour vehicle ee ia OVQ037090N OVQ036308N Rear Shopping bag holder Clothes hanger if equipped Cups or small beverage cans may be s NOTICE OVQ028201 placed in the cup holders Do not hang heavy bags since those may 2 CAUTION damage the holder Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Features of vour vehicle J dl _R 0VQ036233N Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use a sunvisor pull it downward To use a sunvisor for a side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and pull up the mirror cover 4 4 CAUTION Vanity mirror if equipped Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and pos sible sunvisor damage Front Typ
153. er rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the safety belt webbing is not twisted E2BLD310 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency MMSA3028 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the safety belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the safety belt is fully extended it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode Features of your vehicle MMSA3029 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the safety belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 MMSA3030 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the safety belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the safety belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the safety belt out of the retractor If you ca
154. ert a slim tool into the slot and gen tly pry open the transmitter center cover 1 2 Replace the battery with a new one When replacing the battery make sure the battery is positioned properly 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For replacement transmitters see an Authorized Kia Dealer for reprogram ming NOTICE The keyless entry system transmitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your trans mitter or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION e Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery e To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight 4 CAUTION An inappropriately dis X posed battery can be harm ful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of vour vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Armed Ve ss Xx Disarmed stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the car This system is operated in three Stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warni
155. es on push the but ton once Push the button again to turn the headphones off The red LED indicator on the headphone identifies the On Off status The power status indicator is located on the left headphone The sound level of the headphones is controlled by the volume up down knob located on the side of the head phones The headphones can be stored by fold ing the headphones 3E NOTICE Conserve the energy of your batteries by turning the headphones off when they are not in use The on off button is located on the left side of the head phones The headphone has an automatic shutoff feature if an IR signal from the RSE units is not received after 20 seconds This feature is used to pre vent inadvertent battery discharging of the headphones The life cycle of headphone s battery is usually 48 hours In case of poor reception perform ance please check the battery condi tion The headphones are best used within 2 6 feet 0 6 1 8 m of the RSE unit Getting too close or too far away will cause poor audio reception Audio from the vehicle s CD radio cannot be heard through the head phones AUX DISC DIS ICDX_VQ 465_1 Audio Via Vehicle Speakers To hear the audio from the RSE through the vehicle s speakers the RSE must be selected by the Head Unit in the front of the vehicle To select the RSE press AUX button To end the RSE audio trough the vehicle s speakers press AUX button
156. ess the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OVQ049323 Temperature control button The temperature will increase to the maximum 32 C 90 F HI by pushing the up button Each push of the button will cause the temperature to increase by 0S CAF The temperature will decrease to the mini mum 17 C 62 F LO by pushing the down button Each push of the button will cause the temperature to decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature set ting the air conditioning will operate con tinuously a Features of vour vehicle OVQ049324 Dual temperature control selec tion button Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Press the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Press the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same as the driver side temperature 2 Press the left temperature control but ton The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion If the battery has been dis
157. etal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset WARNING A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling char acteristics ground clearance body to tire clearance snow chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced 4 CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights d WARNING Replacing tires Driving on worn out tires is very hazardous and will reduce braking effectiveness steering accuracy and traction Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and handling capa bility Continued Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when t
158. everse direction in fast speed Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM PLAY SCREEN DISPLAY TITLE Displays no information if the file has no song information 4 MENU Button Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press TUNE Knob amp ENTER Button You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is SongsAlbumsArtists Genres iPod 5 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise 6 RANDOM Button e Press this b
159. evious mode 2 TRACK Button e Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 INFO Button Displays the information of the file current ly played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TO TAL FILE PLAY SCREEN FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information 4 FOLDER Button e Press FOLDER V button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press FOLDER button to move to parent folder display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed 5 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode 6 RANDOM Button e Press this b
160. f equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator light illuminates when the cruise function switch COAST SET or RES ACCEL is ON Lights on warning chime The lights on warning chime will sound if the headlight switch is left in the 1st or 2nd position and the drivers door is opened Key reminder warning chime If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle Features of vour vehicle INTERIOR LIGHTS Map light The lights are turned ON or OFF based on the status of the doors main control switch and corresponding light switch Map lights operating logic Main control Door open Map light switch switch status close status ON depressed DOOR not depressed Lamp turns ON si Ra en ON then turns OFF after P about 20 minutes ON Lamp dims gradually over If other door is opened while the light stays off after about 20 minutes the light stays on again for about 20 minutes When a door is unlocked by the transmitter the light stays on for about 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened When the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 15 seconds If the ignition switch is turned to the ON p
161. f your vehicle Outside mirror defroster If equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side mirror defroster it will be operating at the same time when you operate the rear window defroster A OVQ041030L The location of the front windshield deicer button may be different depending on your model Front windshield deicer if equipped The engine must be running to enable this feature To activate the front wind shield deicer press the front windshield deicer button The indicator on the button illuminates when the deicer is ON The front windshield deicer automatically turns off after 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the deicer press the front windshield deicer button again HAZARD WARNING FLASHER di i JOA The hazard warning flasher causes the front and rear turn signal lights to flash on and off which serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise caution when approaching or passing your vehicle To activate the flasher depress the haz ard warning flasher switch This switch operates in any ignition switch position To turn the flashers off depress the switch again Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Type A Front temperature control knob Rear temperature control knob Front fan speed control knob Air conditioning button Rear window defroster button Mode selection knob Air intake contr
162. folding strap Lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place Return the rear seat belt to the proper position Features of your vehicle a RA OVQ036400L 0VQ037401N OVQ037402N z OVQ037403N If the rear catches of the seat are locked 1 Lift the seatback 2 while pulling up 4 Remove the seat while lifting up the into the rear anchors 2 while the front the seatback recline lever 1 and push rear portion of seat cushion 6 catches are not locked into the front the seatback backward firmly until it anchors 1 do the followings to release clicks into place Be careful not to fold the rear catches from the rear anchors the seat backward because the front catches are not locked 2 Pull out the seatback recline strap 4 while lifting up the rear portion of the seat cushion 3 3 Then the seatback will be folded for ward and rear catches will be released 5 Features of vour vehicle OVQ036218N Stowing the rear seat 3rd row seat The rear seat can be folded and stowed in the luggage compartment to provide additional cargo space To stow the rear seat 1 Lower the headrest to the lowest posi tion 2 Fold the seatback by pulling out the 3 Pull the s folding strap strap 4 Stow the seat by pushing down firmly j OVQ036220N eat by using the stowing Features of vour vehicle na v F 0VQ03
163. for sending a sig nal to the vehicle speakers only and will not adjust the headphone volume Press to increase the volume and to decrease the volume Second the volume on the wireless headphones can be adjusted by turning the VOL knob located on the left side of the headphones 3 Play Pause You do not need to press the play button after first loading a DVD or VCD it will start automatically by playing the first track or bringing up the disc menu If the disc does not automatically load press PLAY PAUSE 99 to play the DVD While playing a DVD press PLAY PAUSE BID to pause the DVD Press the button again to resume play 4 Display When the player is in DVD mode press the DISP button to view the DVD title chapter number and elapsed time and other infor mation about the DVD currently playing It will also display brightness There are Day Time brightness with brightest level and Night Time brightness which has 70 level of Day Time brightness Adjust the level of brightness by pressing the REV dimmer or FWD brighter buttons The next time the player is turned on it will return to the brightness level it was adjusted to when last used The RSE unit has two presets of display brightness When the headlamp is turned on the display brightness level will be dimmed as the preset However when the headlamp is turned off the display bright ness will return to the daytime brightness P
164. g the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liq uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous ing Features of your vehicle 1KMA3084 Type A To operate the electric rearview mirror The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light will illuminate Sensor OVQ020601N Type B To operate the electric rearview mirror The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function off unless vehicle is in reverse The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on unless vehicle is in reverse The mirror indicator light will illuminate e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn rearview display off while vehicle is in reverse Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn rearview display on while vehicle is in reverse Features of your vehicle 0 OVQ036025N Type C To operate the electric rearview mirror with homelink wireless control sys tem Press the button 1 to turn the auto matic dimming function on The mirror
165. gen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Avoid full throttle starts Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button lt 3 13 2 Driver position memory system 359 3 Seat adjust knob nnee a tones ee 3 40 4 Outside rearview mirror control SNIT NASA O EE E ane 3 109 5 Power rear quarter window SWIC ES ae ers ea Pont 3 26 6 Power window switches 3 26 7 Central door lock switch 3 13 8 Power window lock switch 3 28 9 Fuel filler lid release button 3 30 10 Instrument panel illumination 3 120 11 Room light main control switch 3 133 12 Power adjustable pedal control SWIFT RE 3 61 13 Steering wheel tilt 3 107 14 Parking brake release lever 4 16 WO AGUS box 6 23 16 Hood release lever 3 29 17 Parking brake pedal 4 16 18 Brake pedal e a a a 4 14 19 Accelerator pedal POR SCA e 3 37 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW privers alain cree 3 93 2 Light control Turn Sigmals Ste ce 3 137 3 139 SJlnstrumenticluste Penne 3 116 4 Wiper Washer eee 3 141 5 Auto cruise control fesse 4 11 D AUdIOCONTOIS Taa E 3 197 7 Steering wheel u ira 3 106 SAOMIMOMsSWICI reo eee 4 3 grig
166. ghest speed to the 4 CAUTION e When using the air conditioning system monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out side temperatures are high Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause dam age to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be run with the windows closed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system opera tion tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of win dows on rainy humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by oper ating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles on This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month if only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system perform ance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger s
167. gine coolant 6 14 Air cleaner 6 16 Brakes 6 17 Lubricants and fluids 6 18 Power steering 6 19 Climate control air filter 6 20 Wiper blades 6 21 Fuses 6 23 Battery 6 32 Tires and wheels 6 34 Maintenance Lubricant 6 47 Appearance care 6 49 Emission control system 6 53 Maintenance KI e m vjqel An o mM m m hMh e e o m m gt S NlV V l HAHP _ E _ ___ MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an Authorized Kia Dealer perform this work An Authorized Kia Dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an Authorized Kia Dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibil ity You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the follow
168. go area Mii I ES Bovaoseo14n If necessary connect the two straps with the buckle Pass one end of the strap through the wheel center and connect both strap hooks to each striker of the 3rd row seat on the floor 4 Tighten the stra N __ OV 059300A p firmly pulling the strap out of the buckle 5 Make sure the flat tire is properly secured by trying to move it WARNING Flat tire Never leave the flat tire unfixed in the vehicle to prevent the tire rattling Otherwise the unse cured flat tire may be thrown about inside the vehicle which can cause damage to the vehi cle and serious injury or death to the vehicle occupants in case of a sharp turn a sudden stop or an accident What to do in an emergenc TOWING I 1VQA4028 If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing proce dures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines information refer to section 4 Driving your vehicle 1VQA4029 It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear 4 CAUTION
169. gs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Features of your vehicle e The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Li Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant detection PASSENGER AIR Front passenger air bag indicator illuminates after the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is unoccupied or is pe SRS warning light occupied by very small person or is y occupied by someone who is improp a erly seated the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will remain illumi 2 Child or child nated If the front passenger seat IS restraint system occupied by someone of adult size and body shape the PASSENGER AIR off BAG OFF indicator will turn off after The system detects a person who is generally adult size as an adult
170. h two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_ CAR to JOHNS CAR or KMC CAR _1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is enabled the phone previously used is automatically selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Features of your vehicle Press button to enter SETUP mode Select PHONE then SELECT in PHONE menu iPhone Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth Wireless Technology icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected PHONED Connection Complete e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter
171. hand cleaner and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl NOTICE Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electron ic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them 4 CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off el Maintenance ee Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained 4 CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder bel
172. he device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio SIRIUS or CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable Provided
173. he seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Continued Continued e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the safety belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe airbag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel so that your chest is at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel WARNING Rear Seatback e The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Continued Continued Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be in seats and restrained properly while riding When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pus
174. he sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehicle when driving back up Be sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to If you don t hear an audible warning the vehicle or its occupants due to sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit NOTICE rear parking assist system malfunc tently when shifting the gear to R posi tion Always drive safely and cau tion this may indicate a malfunction in tiously the rear parking assist system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi ble Driving vour vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED The rearview camera may be turned off by pressing the ON OFF button when the rearview camera is activated To turn the camera on again press the ON OFF button again when the ignition switch is on and the shift lever in R Reverse Also the camera will turn on automatically whenever the ignition switch is turned off and on again 1VQA2117 Rear view display f OVQ020600 The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever
175. he RSE DVD region setting The RSE unit can only play disc from the intent region ie Korean Region US region European region etc Technical Specifications Input power requirements 12 volts nominal 10 5 to 15 5 volts 5 amps nominal 10amps peak max A V inputs Audio Input 1 volts nominal 0 8 to 1 2 V Video Input 1 volts nominal 0 7 to 1 4 V Features of your vehicle Troubleshooting Problem Possible causes solutions The disc becomes stuck or Press the STOP EJECT button to release the disc The player will attempt to eject the disc blocked up to three times before performing the Auto Reload function Once the Auto Reload func tion is complete press the STOP EJECT button again to release the disc from the player If a disc is still stuck or blocked in the RSE unit turn the ignition off and then on again to reset the RSE unit There is no audio in the head Verify that the headphone is equipped with batteries and that the batteries are charged phones Insert or replace 2 AAA batteries to resume headphone function The RSE does not work If the display does not show NO DISC then there is no power Check the vehicle fuse If the RSE still does not work contact your authorized Kia dealer The remote control does not Make sure you are pointing the remote control at the face of the RSE at a 45 angle Change work the battery Device requires one 1 CR2025 battery Use the control buttons on
176. he brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still work ing Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when youre towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length youll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to a
177. he compass headings are inaccurate in long distance driving If the vehicle s compass headings become inaccurate continuously the compass should be manually calibrated as follows 1VQA2316 1 Move the vehicle away from any large steel structures or power generating cables or equipment 2 Check the terrestrial deviation angle value by pressing and holding the MODE button for 4 5 seconds until the current terrestrial deviation angle value appears in the display 3 If the terrestrial deviation angle value is different for your country set the cor rect angle referring to Setting the compass zone and perform the Calibration procedure again 4 Make sure the vehicle windshield wipers are turned off 5 Press and hold the MODE button again for 2 4 5 seconds until the turn appears and DIR blinks in the display and release the button 6 Drive your vehicle in at least 1 com plete either clockwise or counter clockwise circle at less than 5 km h 3 mph within 10 minutes until the com pass heading appears 7 lf the vehicles compass headings become inaccurate again repeat steps 1 through 6 above NOTICE If you press the MODE button before the calibration is completed or the vehi cle is not rotated within 10 minutes after turn appears and DIR blinks the correction will be cancelled Features of your vehicle O IVOA23 17 Setting the compass zone This compass
178. he other in the engine compartment near the bat tery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse discon nect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an Authorized Kia Dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating and cartridge type fusible link for higher amperage rat ings Fuse replacement 77 CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items dn i i n i Maintenance 4 CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and termi nals may be fastened incomplete ly and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and ter
179. he remote control cycling the ignition and pressing play or changing the source will cause the CD VCD DVD to begin playing at the point where it was stopped during the previous play The player will automati cally play this previous play position unless the STOP EJECT Z button is pressed At the end of the CD VCD DVD the player will automatically return to the first track and continue playing 4 Display When the player is in DVD mode press the DISP button to view the DVD title chapter number and elapsed time and other infor mation about the DVD currently playing It will also display brightness There are Day Time brightness with brightest level and Night Time brightness which has 70 level of Day Time brightness Adjust the level of brightness by pressing the REV dimmer or FWD brighter buttons The next time the player is turned on it will return to the brightness level it was adjusted to when last used The RSE unit has two presets of display brightness When the headlamp is turned on the display brightness level will be dimmed as the preset However when the headlamp is turned off the display bright ness will return to the daytime brightness Press DISP to adjust the image format The image format also known as the aspect ratio is a ratio of the height to width of the image on the screen For example a 4 3 ratio would mean an image that is 4 units by 3 units You have two options 4 3 norm
180. hing and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unre tracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a seri ous injury or death to the child in the child restraint e Do not place anything around the lower anchors Also make sure that the seat belt is not caught in the lower anchors d WARNING If the child restraint is not anchored properly there is a significant risk of a child being seriously injured or killed in a collision WARNING LATCH lower anchors LATCH lower anchors are only to be used with the left and right rear out board seating positions Never attempt to attach an LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback in a vertical position not reclined Placing a passenger safety belt into the auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode will ensure that the normal movement of the child in the vehicle does not cause the safety belt to be pulled out and loosen the firmness of its hold on the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following proce dure Features of vour vehicle E2MS103005 Installing a child restraint system by lap shoulder belt To install a child restraint system on the outboard or cent
181. hing it forward and backwards To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission controls beneath this floor generate high exhaust temperatures Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire F eatures of vour vehicle 1VQA2041 Front seat adjustment manual Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cush ion up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly cell 1VQA2043 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever located on the outside of the seat at the rear 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock Features of your vehicle on paa 1VQA2328
182. ial Number Ex Dial 911 Redial Phonebook Add entry L By phone Change name Delete name Features of your vehicle Tip E Voice Operation To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to eliminate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may disturb recogniz ing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words While receiving voice commands press the button on the steer ing wheel remote controller to ter minate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice command m Making a Phone Call e Direct Calling Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call to John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connected to contacts who name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or contacts e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio sy
183. ial driving conditions ii 4 27 Driving at night ee 4 28 Driving in flooded areas iii 4 28 Driving in the rain 00000 4 28 Hazardous driving conditions iii ADF Rocking the vehicle ii AD Speedometer iii 3 117 Sports mode iii 4 8 Starting the engine isa 4 4 Steering wheel ui 3 106 Power steering iii 3 106 Tilt steering laine 3 107 Storage compartmMent iii 3 186 Clove ses iano 35187 Index A t mt zzz zaa 44 g _ z 6_ o o I R I OS lt I L l20eO_ Silea 3 188 Sunglass holde rana 3 187 E AEN E E T E A E EE A E 2 0 SISO la 3 192 T Tachometer a2 ooetoesiacestaos cnemscauac dean socpoateostacuersncteuteeacaase 3 118 Tail Sate nai 3 15 Tether anchor SYSTEM ci 3 78 Theft alarm SYSTEM ci 3 7 Tilt steering ISS 3 107 Tire specification pressure label 00000000001 4 38 TE E EE EE A T Peel We OGG anna 6 34 Checking tire inflation pressure i 6 36 Compact spare tire replacement Re 6 38 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 6 34 TECE nina 6 34 Tire maintenance siii 6 39 Tire replacement eratika ta 6 37 Tire rotation anna 6 36 Tire sidewall labeling cuuniarioniiizioninizni 6 39 Tire tractor sani 6 39 Wheel alignment and tire balance i 6 38 Wheel replacement siii 6 38 TOWING naaionizanazioneionianninii 5 17 Tie down hook for flatbed towing i 5 20 118 Trailer towing rsa iii 4 30 Safety chains scri ein 4 3 Transaxle Automatic transaxle ssa 4 5 Trip computer
184. ide of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position does provide maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Improper service may cause serious injury 4 CAUTION When the performance of the air conditioning system is reduced it is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of vour vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING Manual climate control system To defrost outside windshield To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically 1 Select any fan speed except OFF 0 2 Select desired temperature 3
185. if the sub control button is pushed the chime sounds once However the tailgate may be opened manually by pulling the exterior handle and lifting the tailgate upward The tail gate may be manually closed by push ing the tailgate downward WARNING Even though the power ON OFF button PWR is in the OFF not depressed position the tailgate will still be propelled upward by mechanical force if the tailgate is manually opened more than 20 degrees beyond the fully closed position In addition if the tailgate is manually closed to the secondary latch position the tailgate will be electrically moved to the fully latched position Make sure that face arms hands and other obstructions are safely out of the way before operating the tailgate e If the power tailgate is not closed and latched completely after power closing WARNING Make sure there are no people or objects around the tailgate before operating the power tailgate Wait until the tailgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unload ing cargo or passengers from the vehicle WARNING Make sure the tailgate is closed firmly before driving If the tailgate is open you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants operation the chime sounds 3 times while the tailgate is closing the tailgate is automatically opened fully If the power tailgate is operated again while the
186. if you are outside the e The hands free call volume and Bluetooth Wireless Technology quality may differ depending on phone will be automatically con the mobile phone nected once you are in the vicini ty of the vehicle If you do not want automatic NOTE Bluetooth Wireless Technology If you need more information about power off Kia s Bluetooth Wireless Technology 4 buia Preece ihe n e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Contact Kia website www Kia com change audio source connection may become intermit OWNERS gt General Info gt Bluetooth FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD USB tently disconnected in some Wireless Technology AUX iPod FM 1 2 mobile phones Follow the follow ing steps to try again 1 Turn the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Function within 2 WORT button Raises or lowers speaker volume 3 button Places and transfers calls the mobile phone ON OFF and 4 button Ends calls or cancels functions try to connect again bi button Activates voice recognition 2 Turn the mobile phone power NOTE ON OFF and try to connect i The Bluetooth word mark and logos again i are registered trademarks owned by 3 Completely remove the mobile Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such phone battery reboot and then marks by Kia is under license Other try to connect again trademarks and trade names are those Continued of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is requi
187. ights are not operated After this if all door are closed the hazard warning lights blink If the lock button is pressed once more whithin 4 seconds after locking all door by pressing the lock button the hazard warning lights and horn will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked 2 Unlock Driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed twice within 3 sec onds The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After depressing this button the doors will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds 3 Power tailgate opening or closing CY if equipped The tailgate is opened or closed automatically if the button is pressed and held The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound 3 times to indicate that the tailgate will swing upward or downward 4 Left power sliding door opening or closing 2 if equipped The left sliding door is opened or closed automatically if the button is pressed and held 5 Right power sliding door opening or closing Q5 if equipped The right sliding door is opened or closed automatically if the button is pressed and held Features of your vehicle NOTICE The power sliding door and power tail gate are not opened by press
188. iler CCV filter nn SS Ou 1 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives ars available from your authorized Kia deal er along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 2 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details dn i n i Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS RITENNE e 1 000 mE 2 72 TEM PE Ea 2a EB Vaccum hoses CA Air cleaner element SRG EH Spark plugs wi ht o Valve clearance 3 ii i OO 3 Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary A qualified technician should perform the operation Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first Be Eo ga Ee 0 0 0U U E Months 6 12 18 24 30
189. in dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls that doors window However the driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the igni tion key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 seconds after the ignition key removal x NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or elim inated by taking the following actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening 4 CAUTION To prevent the power window system from the possibility of damage do not open or close two windows at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the
190. in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror while back ing up Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a liter gallon of fuel To operate your vehi cle as economically as possible use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Avoid lengthy warm up idling Once the engine is running smoothly begin driv ing Remember engine warm up may take a little longer on cold days Save fuel by accelerating slowly after stopping e Keep the engine in tune and follow the recommended periodic maintenance schedule This will increase the life of all parts and lower your operating costs Do not use the air conditioner unnec essarily Slow down when driving on rough roads For longer tire life and better fuel econ omy always keep the tires inflated to the recommended pressures Maintain a safe distance from other vehicles to avoid sudden stops This will reduce wear on brake linings and pads Driving in such a way will also save fuel because extra fuel is required to accelerate back to driving speed Do not carry unnecessary weight in the vehicle Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving This can
191. ing a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press button on the steering wheel To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone Features of your vehicle E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth Wireless Technology volume to a low level High level volume may result in dis tortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NA
192. ing door is not closed completely the door may be opened Close the left sliding door before refueling to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid If the power sliding door is not closed and latched completely after power closing operation the chime sounds 3 times Open and close the door again If the power sliding door is operated while the door is in partially opened position less than 300 mm 12 in the door is automatically opened fully If the power sliding door is operated while the door is in half opened posi tion more than 300 mm 12 in the door is automatically closed complete e If the power sliding door is operated again while the door is closing the door is automatically opened fully If the power sliding door is operated again while the door is opening the door is automatically closed complete ly However If the power sliding door is operated again when the door is in par tially opened position less than 300 mm 12 in the door is opened contin uously The half opened power sliding door is automatically opened or closed fully by pushing the door forward or backward without pulling the door handle while the power ON OFF button is in ON depressed However when the door is in partially opened position less than 300 mm 12 in the door is not closed automatically dn i i E i Features of vour vehicle Power sliding door non opening condi tions The power sliding door i
193. ing pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your Kia warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We strongly recommend that all vehicle maintenance be performed by an author ized Kia dealer using genuine Kia parts Maintenance MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both kilometrage and time are shown the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first e 1 000 km MER 24 feel 48 feof 72 lea co oel 120 liaa 144 iee 100 iiao 102 Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 as 54 60 66 72 73 84 90 96 Replace every 12 000 km or 12 months MAINTENANCE ITEM Engine oil and oil filter Add fuel additive 1 Add every 12 000 km or 12 months Fuel filter 2 ft i ff HH Fuel tank fuel filler cap canister vapor hose fuel line fuel hoses and connections of each part Fuel tank air f
194. ing sys tem off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause dam age to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be run with the windows closed Air conditioning system opera tion tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of win dows on rainy humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by oper ating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles on This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month if only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system perform ance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position does provide maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant
195. ing the cor responding button on the transmitter directly when all power sliding doors and power tailgate are locked and closed To open the power sliding door or power tailgate from outside vehicle press the unlock button twice within 3 seconds first and press corresponding power sliding door or power tailgate opening button 4 CAUTION The power doors can be operated when the engine is not running However the power doors consume large amounts of vehicle electric power To prevent the battery from being discharged do not operate them consecutively more than approximately 10 times 6 Alarm A The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 27 seconds if this button is pressed and held To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur e The ignition key is in ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 30 m 90 feet The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an autho rized Kia Dealer e If the transmitter is i
196. ing the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Features of vour vehicle i a i i p 1VQA2042 Lumbar support driver s seat only if equipped You can adjust the lumbar support by moving the lever on the outside of the dri ver s seatback Pivoting the lever increas es or decreases the lumbar support 9VvQ030203N Rear seat adjustment Adjusting the seat forward and back ward 2nd row seat To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cush ion up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Features of vour vehicle Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever or strap locat ed on the outsi
197. ing wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges a di OVQ036021N To change the steering wheel angle pull up the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 then release the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving Features of vour vehicle MIRRORS Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street 4 CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water OVQ040110 ie T 4 CAUTION 3 If the mirror is jammed with ice do Folding the outside rearview not adjust the mirror by force Use mirror an approved s
198. ion and turn the rear fan speed control knob on the rear control panel to the desired position To change the rear fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the knob to the OFF 0 position turns off the rear fan v il LYN REAR TEMP Rear temperature control if equipped From front seat Set the rear climate control selection REAR CONTROL button if equipped to the OFF position and turn the rear temperature control REAR TEMP knob in the front climate control panel to the desired position To change the rear air temperature turn the knob to the WARM red position for warm and hot air or COOL blue posi tion for cooler air OVQ049316 From rear seat if equipped Set the rear climate control selection REAR CONTROL button in the front cli mate control panel to the ON position and turn the rear temperature control knob on the rear control panel to the desired position To change the rear air temperature turn the knob to the right for warmer air or left for cooler air kt el Features of your vehicle Rear mode selection if equipped When the rear climate control selection REAR CONTROL button in the front cli mate control panel is in the OFF position or the button is not equipped the rear mode is controlled automatically depend ing on the mode of the front climate con trol as follows Front climate control is MAX A C gt R
199. is occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of vour vehicle Satellite radio reception You may experience difficulties in receiv ing SIRIUSXM satellite radio signals in the following situations SATELITE1 e If you are driving next to a tall vehi cle such as a truck or a bus that block the signal If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway e If you drive under a bridge If you are driving next to a tall vehicle such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where the signal is blocked by moun tains Mountains OHO Unobstructed area Iron bridges SATELITE2 If you are driving in an area with tall trees that block the signal 10m or more for example on an road through a dense forest The signal can become weak in some areas that are not covered by the SIR IUSXM repeater network NOTE There may be other unforeseen cir cumstances leading to reception problems with the SIRIUSXM satel lite radio signal SiriusXM service requires a subscrip tion sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial sub scription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates
200. iving safety B OVQ038031 Releasing the parking brake Type A To release the parking brake pull the parking brake release lever while apply ing the foot brake The pedal will auto matically extend to the fully released position If the parking brake pedal does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released there may be a malfunction in the brake sys tem Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop W 75 Anti lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a co
201. jammed safety belt cannot restrain you properly If you cannot untwist or unjam the safety belt have an authorized Kia dealer service it immediately Never drive or ride with a twisted or jammed safety belt WARNING Belt use Safety belts must be used correctly to work properly in an accident Each seating position in your vehi cle has a specific safety belt assem bly that includes a buckle and tongue designed to be used togeth er Failure to heed these warnings and follow these instructions will increase the risk and severity of injuries and the likelihood of death in an accident Continued Continued e Use the shoulder portion of the safety belt on the outside shoul der only Never wear the shoulder portion under the arm or place it between your back and seatback e Never swing the safety belt around your neck to fit over the inside shoulder e Never wear the shoulder portion of the safety belt across the neck or face e Wear the lap portion as low as possible Be sure that the lap belt fits snugly around the hips Never wear a lap portion of a lap shoulder belt over your waist it should always go over the stronger area of your hips e Never use a single safety belt for more than one person e The front seatbacks should always remain in a comfortable upright position when the vehicle is moving Features of vour vehicle WARNING Safety belt care e A damaged belt may not give you the pro
202. k the rear wheels Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your Kia make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Drivin TRAILER TOWING Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device 4 CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly Maximum trailer Without trailer brakes 453 1000 weight With traile
203. ler State provincial county and municipal government have varying trailering laws Make sure your hitch mirrors lights and wiring arrangements are legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information is provincial or local law enforcement agencies e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control After your odometer indicates 800 km 500 miles or more you can tow a trailer For the first 800 km 500 miles that you tow a trailer don t drive over 80 km h 50 mph and dont make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 km h 60 mph e On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower The important considerations have to do with weight Weight of the trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than the maxi mum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any
204. lert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness Your Authorized Kia Dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness Driving your vehicle Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km h 45 mph to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle 4 CAUTION When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of
205. limate control button Front area module Power sliding door module Power tailgate module Driver s door module Front passenger door module Driver s power seat module Driver position memory system unit Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component ENG Automatic shift lever switch Vehicle speed sensor Inhibitor switch Transaxle control module Input speed sensor Output speed sensor Back up lamp switch Fuel filter Trip computer Buzzer Back warning system Cluster ESC switch Ambient temperature sensor Generator ABS control module ESC control module Yaw rate sensor Steering angle sensor Air bag control module Generator relay Shunt connector Description Fuse rating Protected component 20A Sliding door lock relay Sliding door unlock relay Sliding door lock actuator Tailgate lock actuator Rear wiper relay Rear wiper motor 25A Rear window defroster relay Rear window defroster POWER TAIL GATE 30A Power tailgate module P QUARTER Power rear quarter glass open relay Power rear quarter glass close relay Power rear quarter glass motor RR P WIN RH 25A Sliding door power window relay Right Sliding door power window motor Right RR P WIN LH 25A Sliding door power window relay Left Sliding door power window motor Left PSD RH 30A Power sliding door module Right PSD LH 30A Power sliding door module Left UGGAGE Step lamp Power tailgate ON OFF switch Tailgate lamp UEL DOOR Fuel filler lid relay Fuel filler lid a
206. llision if the vehicle is equipped with side air bags and cur tain air bags i bine e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle CA 1VQA2092 collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Features of your vehicle Air bag system operation Air bag only operates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START positions Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate by the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors deter mine whether the sensors send out an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision However factors are not limit ed to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments aft
207. logo before begin ning the DVD The player is only capable of reading the bottom side of a disc When inserting a single sided disc the label side should be up When inserting a two sided disc the desired play side should be down NOTICE e Because there is no universal standard for DVD programming your disc may behave differently than below Some DVDs may present warning messages about unauthorized duplication some will go directly to a menu and others may start playing the movie immedi ately e When the vehicle s ignition is active the loading of any playable disc will cause the player to initialize and auto matically play the disc If a disc was playing prior to the ignition being turned off it will not automatically replay once the ignition is turned on again Instead it will go into standby mode Press the SRC or PLAY PAUSE ED button to wake up the unit and resume disc play Disc Protection The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If an ejected disc is not removed within 25 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the play er The disc will not begin playing Disc can be played by the SRC or PLAY PAUSE W buttons DVD Controls You can control your DVD by using the buttons on the unit s control panel or by using the remote control Instructions for the controls listed below are the same whether you are using the control panel
208. low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Section 7 Specifications Maintenance With a full size spare tire if equipped Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Rotate radial tires that have an A N asymmetric tread pattern only ITAL ATA from front to rear and not from N Vee a OE t right to left S2BLA790 Without a spare tire ES gt TT 1LDA5026 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly
209. lp ful information is being provided FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel with a minimum Octane Rating of 87 Anti Knock Index AKI 4 CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control sys tem s oxygen sensor and affect emission control Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what Kia has specified Consult an Authorized Kia Dealer for details Introduction n_a Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol con taining more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel sys tem Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer s war ranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasoline or methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded g
210. ly adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt is adjusted manu ally so that it fits snugly around your hips if you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly OVQ036226N When using the rear center seat belt the To unfasten the rear center belt buckle with the CENTER mark must be 1 Press the release button on the buckle used D and remove the tongue plate B from the buckle D 2 Retract the rear center seatbelt Features of your vehicle 3rd row seat 4 CAUTION When using the seat belt use it after taking it out of the guides If you pull the seat belt when it Is stored in the guides it may damage the guides and or belt webbing OVQ036098N OVQ036099N Stowing the rear safety belt The rear safety belt can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OVQ036227N 3 Insert the key or similar small rigid device into the web release button E on the anchor connector Pull up on the seat belt web A and allow the webbing to retract automatically 4 Insert the tongue plate A into the hole on the belt assembly cover Features of your vehicle Proper use and care of the safety belt system To ensure that the safety belts provide the maximum protection please follow these in
211. m FM to AM and back to FM e FM AM FM1 FM2 AM FM1 2 SEEK Button e When the SEEK V is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station When the SEEK is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher station 3 POWER Button amp VOLUME Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON e If the knob is turned clockwise counte clockwise the volume will increase decrease 4 SCAN Button When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards The SCAN feature steps through each Station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds Press the SCAN button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 5 MUTE Button When the button is pressed stops sound and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD 6 SETUP Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the TUNE knob to move the cursor between items and push the TUNE knob to select SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously ON or just once OFF e SDVC Select this item to turn the SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control feature ON or OFF If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed e SIRIUS Select default display of SIRIUS mode Category
212. mechanism will be in sleep mode but the main RSE s controller will stay up to accept commands from the front panel controls or the remote control NOTICE The external device must be correctly connected to the RSE in order to play properly 12 Angle Some DVDs offer different scene angles If available on the DVD the ANGLE but ton will show you the other available scene angles If angle scenes are not available then Invalid icon Q will be displayed Pressing the ANGLE button during CD play will do nothing 13 Subscript The SUBSC button allows you to display or remove language subtitles If no lan guage subtitles are available the display will show an invalid icon S Pressing the SUBSC button during CD play will do nothing 14 Language Pressing the LANG button will allow you to select your preferred language if avail able Select the language and then press enter If no other languages are available the display will show an invalid icon Q Pressing the LANG button during CD play will do nothing Features of your vehicle 15 Slow Play There are 3 slow forward and 3 slow reverse speeds available when viewing DVDs To review a DVD in slow motion first press the PLAY PAUSE EB button to pause the DVD then press either REV or FWD lt or gt on the remote con trol to select slow playback in either reverse or forward Pressing either the REV or FWD or gt on the remote control
213. mergency Fastening Device The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated when a frontal collision is severe enough together with the air bags When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor may lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body 1 Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor preten sioner is to make sure that the shoul der belts fit in tightly against the occu pant s upper body in certain frontal collisions 2 EFD Emergency Fastening Device The purpose of the EFD is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant s lower body in certain frontal collisions If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner system activates the load limiter inside the retractor pre tensioner will release some of the pres sure on the affected seat belt Features of vour vehicle NOTICE e Both the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt pre tensioner system may be activated not only in certain frontal collision but also in certain side collision if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag e When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger c
214. mes the normal speed When the holding but ton is released the RSE unit will auto matically return to a play mode 6 Reverse There are two fast reverse speeds The RSE unit will fast reverse at 3 times the normal speed if the REV button is pressed Hold the button for more than 2 seconds and the RSE unit will fast reverse at about 10 times the normal speed When the button is released the RSE unit will automatically return to a play mode 7 Next Track Press the NEXT button to skip to the beginning of the next track The next track number is displayed on the screen Press and hold the NEXT button for 2 seconds or more to move quickly through the tracks 8 Previous Track Press the PREV button to skip to the beginning of the current track Press the PREV button during the first 8 seconds of the current track to skip to the beginning of the previous track Press the PREV button during the first 8 seconds of the first track to skip to the beginning of the last track on the CD Press and hold the PREV button for 2 seconds or more to move quickly through the tracks Features of your vehicle REMOTE CONTROL STOP SPEAKER VOL PLAY PAUSE DISPLAY FORWARD REVERSE NEXT PREVIOUS ENTER 10 MENU 11 SOURCE 12 ANGLE 13 SUBSCRIPT 14 LANGUAGE 15 SLOW PLAY 16 ON OFF ge ee oi Sy IS 0 690 e SO 0 Rear Seat Entertainment System REMO
215. minals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown consult with an authorized Kia dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driver or wiring It may cause con tact failure and system malfunc tion S 1VQA4006 Engine compartment 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse box cover by press ing the tap and pulling up 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the main fuse box in the engine compartment 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an Authorized Kia Dealer 4 CAUTION After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely install the fuse box cover If not electrical failures may occur from water leaking in Maintenance Driver s side panel Po l i 1VQA4002 Inner panel 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 1VQA4004 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided on the main fuse box in the engine compart ment 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the main fuse box in the engine compartment 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
216. move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealership immediately Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position If the ignition switch is in any other position the key cannot be removed Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without resting your foot on the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximate ly 40 km h 24 mph NOTICE To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condi tion 4 CAUTION Driving while distracted is dangerous and should be avoided Drivers should remain attentive to driving and always exercise caution when using the steering wheel mounted controls while driving OVQ046002N To set cruise control speed 1 Pull the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 24 mph OVQ046003N 3 Push the COAST SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrumen
217. must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Coolant Solution 15 C 59 25C 13F 35 C 31 F 45 C 49 F Maintenance 47 CAUTION Engine Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear re LL I 4 x no OVQ066005N Element replacement Have the air cleaner element checked and replaced in accordance with the maintenance schedule OVQ066010N Maintenance BRAKES a amma 0vQ067024N Checking brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an Authorized Kia
218. must be set to compen sate for the variation between true north and magnetic north To set variation 1 Find your current location and terres trial deviation angle value on the zone map 2 Press and hold the MODE button for 4 5 seconds The current terrestrial deviation angle value will appear in the display 3 Release the MODE button and press the RESET button repeatedly until the correct terrestrial deviation angle value for your location appears in the display 4 Press and hold the MODE button for more than 1 second and then the dis play will show a compass direction NOTICE If you press the MODE button for less than 1 second before new compass zone is set the correction is cancelled Also if the correction is not completed within 30 seconds the current terrestri al deviation angle value will blink for 2 seconds and the correction is cancelled NOTICE 1 Do not install a ski rack antenna etc that is attached to the vehicle using a magnet as anything attached to the roof of the vehicle with a magnet will effect compass operation 2 If the compass deviates from the cor rect indication after repeated adjust ment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer 3 The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabili
219. n may make the following training proce dures quicker amp easier 4 Locate the learn or smart button on the device s motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand If there is diffi culty locating the learn or smart but ton reference the device s owners manual or contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com 5 Press and release the learn or smart button on the device s motor head unit You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if this has not previously been done Refer to the Programming portion of this text Operating HomeLink To operate simply press the pro grammed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door security system entry door lock estate gate or home or office light ing For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time The HomeLink Wireless Controls System once pro grammed or the original hand held transmitter may be used to activate the device e g garage door entry door lock etc In the event that there are still pro
220. n after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device may malfunction Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand cleaner and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration FM radio reception JBM001 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM radio reception JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage n i i n n Features of vour vehicle FM radio station
221. n close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices 4 CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er vehicle warranty Operational distance may vary depend ing upon the area the transmitter is used in For example if the vehicle is parked near police stations government and public offices broadcasting stations mil itary installations airports or transmit ting towers etc This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device kt ll Features of vour vehicle 1VQA2003 Battery replacement Transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Ins
222. n versal serial bus port or iPod port you This antenna can be removed from the can use an aux port to connect audio vehicle when you wash your vehicle devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device con nected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is registered trademarks of Apple Inc iPod is mobile digital devices sold sepa rately and connectivity requires the Kia accessory cable Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED MODE Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 gt 3 CD USB AUX iPod FM 1 2 VOL A W e Press the VOL A button to increase volume e Press the VOL V button to decease volume KMC_VQ11_ADO_HR EU ALL C The steering wheel mounted controls 7 help to reduce driver distractions NOTICE END S Do not operate audio remote control Ends calls or cancels functions buttons simultaneously Places and transfers calls TALK amp 4 CAUTION Activates voice recognition Driving while distracted is danger ous and should be avoided Drivers should remain attentive to driving and always exercise caution when using the steering wheel mounted controls while driving Features of vour vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE e If you install a
223. nates while dri ving 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an Authorized Kia Dealer 4 CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result Parking brake amp brake fluid warning DA Parking brake warning BRAKE This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released while engine is run ning Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have it towed to any Authorized Kia Dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position
224. nditioning button Front windshield defrost button Air intake control button v N Fan speed control knob The selected function will be con trolled manually while other functions operate automatically Sueeeoe2 OVQ042422 e For your convenience and to improve Automatic heating and air condi 2 Push the TEMP button to set the the effectiveness of the climate con tioning desired temperature trol use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73 F 23 C e Regardless of the temperature setting when using automatic operation the 1 Press the AUTO button It is indicated by AUTO on the display The modes fan speeds air intake and air conditioning system can automat air conditioning will be controlled auto ically turn on to decrease the humidi matically according to the temperature ty inside the vehicle even if the tem setting perature is set to warm Features of vour vehicle OVQ049156 4 CAUTION Never place anything over the sen sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Manual operation The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually as well by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons select ed When pressing any button except AUTO button while automatic operation the functions of the buttons not selected will be controlled automatically Pr
225. ne with age naturally even unused Spare tires Therefore the tires including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX 0000 The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2013 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction Maintenance 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilog
226. nefits they provide in protecting occupanis Features of your vehicle 0VQ036018N OUN036087 SRI Bee 1VQA2089 e Frontal air bags are not designed to Front air bags may not inflate in side In a slant or angled collision the force inflate in rear collisions because occu impact collision because occupants of impact may direct the occupants ina pants are moved backward by the move to the direction of the collision direction between the front and side air force of the impact In this case the air and thus in side impacts frontal air bag bags and thus the sensors may not bags do not provide proper protection deployment does not provide occupant deploy any air bags protection However side or curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact eatures of vour vehicle 1VQA2090 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly altered by such under ride col lisions 1VQA2091 e Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide proper protection to the occupants However side air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact co
227. nfants and small children An acceptable child restraint system must always satisfy Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Make sure that any child restraint system you use in your vehicle is labelled as complying with Federal Safety Standards The child restraint system should be chosen to fit both the size of the child and the size of the vehicle seat Be sure to fol low any instructions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer when installing the child restraint system Features of your vehicle WARNING Children on laps Never hold a child on your lap or in your arms in a moving vehicle Even a very strong person cannot hold onto a child in the event of even a minor collision d WARNING Hot metal parts Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed during warm hot weather they could burn a child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Infants and young children e Infants and young children are at much greater risk of serious injury or death in an accident or sudden stop if they are unrestrained or restrained improperly Follow all instructions in this section and the instructions that came with an approved child safety system The child restraint must be correctly installed in the vehicle and the child must be correctly placed in the child restraint All children under 12 are safest in the back seat Never install a re
228. nfirm Say new desired name e Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted Press button Say Phonebook Say Delete Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm m Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Speaker Adaptation Speaker adaptation will improve perform ance of voice recognition system to a particular user voice This will degrade the performance for other users e Record Press button for 10sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio e Delete Press button for 10sec Say Delete profile Say Yes Features of vour vehicle m Key matrix Paired H P SE i i i E Disconnected __ SOMeeted Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call mpty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call SHORT Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active s 2 3 Z Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel SHORT Reject Call End Call End Call End Call Speaker Speaker Bone Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only English Active Active Active Active KONE Change Change Change Change i i i 10sec language language language language Features of your vehicle REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Welcome The Rear Seat Entertainme
229. ng Features of vour vehicle POWER SLIDING DOOR AND POWER TAILGATE IF EQUIPPED On the overhead console OVQ036002N RAT 1VQA2016 1 Left power sliding door main control button 2 Right power sliding door main control button 3 Power tailgate main control button 4 Power ON OFF button 5 Right power sliding door sub control button 6 Left power sliding door sub control button 7 Power tailgate sub control button if equipped The power sliding doors and power tail gate can be opened and closed automat ically with the transmitter key the main control buttons on the overhead console or the sub control buttons on the center pillar trim and the tailgate When the power ON OFF button PWR is OFF not depressed the power slid ing door and power tailgate can be opened and closed manually by pulling the door handles from inside or outside vehicle However it is possible to control the doors and tailgate with the transmitter or the main control buttons on the overhead console even though the power ON OFF button PWR is OFF not depressed NOTICE If the power sliding door or power tail gate is open approximately 6 hours the ECU will enter Sleep mode to conserve battery power and the door or tailgate might not close automatically Close the door or tailgate manually and then operate the door or tailgate with the power operating system NOTICE In cold and
230. ng lights Armed stage Park the car and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and tailgate are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors tailgate and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once The system can be armed by locking the doors with the key from the front doors or tailgate However the hazard warning lights are not operated If any door tailgate or engine hood remains open the system will not be armed If this happens re arm the system as described previous Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passen ger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leave the vehicle If any door tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after entering the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm dn i o i n al Features of your vehicle Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is a
231. ng flasher 3 146 Manual climate control system 3 147 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system 3 159 Windshield defrosting and defogging 3 173 Cluster ionizer 3 176 Luggage net holder 3 176 Roof rack 3 177 Homelink wireless control system 3 178 Homelink Wireless control system with rearview display 3 182 Storage compartment 3 186 Interior features 3 189 Antenna 3 195 Steering wheel mounted controls 3 196 Audio system 3 197 Sirius satellite radio information 3 215 Rear seat entertainment system 3 231 Features of vour vehicle KEYS Key operations Master key Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors lock and unlock the glove box and center console storage if equipped 1VQA2001 The key code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia Dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the plate and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle dn i n i E i tl Features of vour vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED Type A 1VQA2002A 1VQA2002 1 Lock All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors are closed the hazard warning lights blink once to indicate that all doors are locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning l
232. ng wheel air bag as possible chest at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steer ing wheel while still maintaining a comfortable seating position for good vehicle control in order to reduce the risk of injury or death in a collision Never place objects over the air bag storage compartments or between the air bags and your self Due to the speed and force of the air bag inflation such objects could hit your body at high speed and cause severe bodily injury and even death Do not put stickers or ornaments on the steering wheel cover These may interfere with the deployment of the air bag Features of vour vehicle WARNING e Do not use any accessory seat covers for the vehicle equipped with side air bags Use of seat covers could interfere with side air bag deployment If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia OVQ037900N dealer Inform them that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags and an occupant detection system e Do not make modifications or additions to the seats If inappro priate seats are used unexpected injury may result in due to the malfunction of the air bag sys tem e Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the OVQ028077 HLZ2121 OVQ032310N Front passengers air bag Side air bag if equipped doors stretch their arms out of Front passenger s air bag is stored inthe Side
233. nger seat or seatback towards the front of the seat board pocket OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place feet on the front pas Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center senger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Continued Features of vour vehicle Continued 1KMN3666 Always sit in a proper seating position Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Specifically the front passenger seat dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using origi nal Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model Continued Continued Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occu pant detection system and your advanced air bags For the same reason do not attach anything to the seat dashboard or door even temporarily If the system is adversely affected it could cause severe personal injuries or death in a collision Do not put a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat Do not hang onto the front passenger seat Do not hang any items such as seatback table on the front pas senger seatback Do not place feet on the front passenger seatback Do not place any items unde
234. nnected e The electrical ignition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death Maintenance Mm l6t 6 66 lt SZ T 1l0 0 S K0 Ul _HMEOJE O O OWOMA AOUOOAOMOM MR 0 EAEZEAZAe e e For best battery service Keep the battery securely mounted Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables 4 CAUTION If you connect unauthorized elec tronic devices to the battery the battery may be discharged Never use unauthorized devices Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Items to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the bat tery has been disconnected e Clock See Cha
235. nnot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the safety belt to retract fully When the safety belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Auto Lock mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage Features of vour vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Driver s air bag Front passenger s air bag Front seat position sensor Features of your vehicle 1 Driver s air bag 2 Front passenger s air bag 3 Side air bag 4 Curtain Air bag 5 Side impact sensor 6 Front impact sensor 7 Occupant detection system 8 Front seat position sensor 9 SRS Control Module m Air bag inflation conditions m Air bag non inflation conditions m Air bag warning light m SRS care m Air bag warning label If equipped What your air bag system does Driver s air bag and front passenger s air bag are designed to supplement the pro tection offered by the safety belt in cer tain frontal collisions Likewise side air bag and curtain air bags are designed to supplement the protection offered by the safety belt in side collisions Safety belts are designed to reduce the injury of the driver or passengers in case of impact or collision No safety belt or air bag sys
236. nology audio system while the phonebook is being downloaded Language of Bluetooth Wireless Technology voice recognition While in ADVANCED menu select Language To change the language select the desired language and press the button 226 Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem off While in ADVANCED menu select BT Off to turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology System m Voice Recognition Activation The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth Wireless Technology System can be activated in the follow ing conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth Wireless Technology functions Call Name Ex Call John at Home D
237. not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle is equipped with an elec tronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and antenna coil in the key cylinder and Immobilizer Control Unit or Smartra Unit With this system whenever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON the antenna coil in the ignition switch receives a signal from the transponder in the ignition key and then sends the signal to the ECU Engine Control Unit The ECU checks the signal whether the ignition key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer sys tem Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately not to have any malfunc tion after you receive your new vehicle NOTICE If
238. nsaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear NOTICE e In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R or P position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected Continued Continued e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Driving your vehicle Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending
239. nserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorized Kia Dealer Low fuel level warning This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter Features of vour vehicle Malfunction indicator lamp MIL check engine light oy This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential problem has been detected somewhere in the emission control system Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia Dealer promptly NOTICE A loose fuel filler cap may cause the On Board Diagnostic System Malfunction Indicator Light lt 2 in the instrument panel to illuminate unnecessarily Always make sure that the fuel filler cap is tight 4 CAUTION e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light lt 2 illuminated may cause dam age to the emission control sys
240. nt RSE System is a compact built in easy to use entertainment system designed to provide family fun while you are on the road Enjoy great quality sound from the vehicle speakers or have a private quiet viewing with the wireless headphones The display unit is mounted to the ceiling in the rear passenger area of the vehicle allowing rear seat passengers to play DVD movies video CDs or music CDs Users may also plug in a game platform or VHS player Headphones game car tridges and other accessories can be kept neatly out of the way in the 3rd row arm rest compartment System Overview The RSE System includes a mounted color monitor with a built in audio video control panel and a DVD player It also includes a remote control and two 2 sets of battery operated wireless head phones batteries are included Connections Setup The RSE system is designed to make your time on the road more enjoyable Please follow these instructions carefully to get the most out of your RSE 4 CAUTION Refrain from using food or drinks near the RSE the wireless head phones or the remote control Direct sunlight may interfere with the headphone s operation and performance Normal RSE operation cannot be guaranteed with unofficial dupli cated discs e In order to prevent inadvertent battery discharge the RSE will remain in standby mode when ignition switch is turn to ignition ON or accessory mode e Use of rear seat
241. nufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener with out these features increases risk of serious injury or death For more information call 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Continued Continued e Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchase It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes follow step 1 in the Programming portion of this text Programming Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and or operation of HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand held transmitter of the device being pro grammed to HomeLink for quicker train ing and accurate transmission of the radio frequency Follow these steps to HomeLink mirror train your Features of your vehicle OVQ032306N 1 When programming the buttons for the first time press and hold the left and center buttons 7 simultane ously until the indicator light begins to flash after approximately 10 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds This proce dure erases the factory set default codes Do Not perform this step to pro
242. o prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OVQ041132 Flashing headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OVQ041133 Turn signals A The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down Green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is oper ating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position Features of your vehicle Lane change signals B To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the cir cuit dn i i n Features of vour vehicle OVQ041135 Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility and avoid accidents when visibil ity is poor due to fog rain or snow etc
243. obile phones 7 are within range of the sensor Sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing Detecting range may decrease when 1 Sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water Sensing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold Following objects may not be recog nized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter 4 CAUTION 1 The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected 2 The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installa tion has been modified or dam aged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance 3 Sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sensor or it may sense an incorrect distance Use cau tion 4 When sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth 5 Do not push scratch or strike the sensor Sensor damage could occur Driving your vehicle 4 CAUTION This system can only sense objects within the range and location of t
244. object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 Types of warning sound in behind the vehicle This system is a e When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 supplemental system and it is not intend in to 32 in from the rear bumper ed to nor does it replace the need for Buzzer beeps intermittently extreme care and attention of the driver e When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 The sensing range and objects in to 16 in from the rear bumper detectable by the back sensors are limit Buzzer beeps more frequently ed Whenever backing up pay as much e When an object is within 40 cm 15 in attention to what is behind you as YOu of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds would in a vehicle without a rear parking continuously assist system Driving your vehicle Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system Rear parking assist system may not operate normally when 1 5 Driving on uneven Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when moisture melts Sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate nor mally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or m
245. ol button Rear climate control selection button or Outside fresh air position button Rear fan speed control knob if equipped Type B CON OOF UN x pi Nal l GW j ferri S E j CONTROL Type C OVQ049301 OVQ049304 OVQ049305 Features of vour vehicle OVQ049306 Front fan speed control knob The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn off the fan turn the knob to the OFF 0 position OVQ043313B To turn off the blowers To turn off the blowers turn the fan speed control knob to the 0 position OVQ049307 Temperature control knob The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the WARM red position for warm and hot air or COOL blue position for cool er air Features of vour vehicle OVQ049308 Mode selection knob The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system 1VQA2147 Outlet port locations Features of vour vehicle MAX A C position if equipped MAX A C When you select the MAX A C mode while the fan sp
246. oler air with rear air conditioner a wey ka OVQ028338 1VQA2174 Rear mode selection if equipped When the rear climate control control selection REAR button in the front cli mate control panel is in the OFF position the rear mode is controlled automatically depending on the mode of the front cli mate control as follows Features of your vehicle Front climate control is 8 Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling Front climate control is ae Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on the right rear trim together Front climate control is s S A Rear air blows from the lower vents on the right rear trim together If the rear air conditioner is not equipped rear air blows only from the lower vents gt If the rear heater is not equipped rear air blows only from the upper vents OVQ049336 When the rear climate control selection REAR button in the front climate control panel is in the ON position the rear mode is selected by pushing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows e Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling e Z Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on the right rear trim together e ef Rear air blows from the lower vents on the right rear trim OVQ028339 Rear vents if equipped The vent can
247. ompartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should 2 e ODMESA2024 The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion not be breathed for prolonged peri 1 SRS air bag warning light ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly oughly after an accident in which the 3 SRS control module pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximate ly 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off 4 Emergency fastening device EFD dn i i E n Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt system are not working properly this warn ing light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the igni tion switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it Iluminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible WARNING e
248. on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear while in Sports mode will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle out of P Park 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition to the ON position 3 Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition T OVQ039026 Shift lock override If the shift lever should fail to move from the P Park position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the S Lock override access hole which is located on the right side of the shift lever dn i te Driving vour vehicle pa OVQ039027 2 Insert the screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriv er OVQ039028 3 Depress the lock release button and
249. onditioning button OFF button If air flow control is not satisfactory check Push the A C button to turn the air condi Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli the instrument panel vents The outlet tioning system on indicator light will illu mate control system However you can port B E can be opened or closed sep minate still operate the mode and air intake but arately using the horizontal thumbwheel Push the button again to turn the air con tons as long as the ignition switch is ON OVQ049329 OVQ049330 To close the vent rotate it left to the max imum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown ditioning system off Features of vour vehicle Rear climate control if equipped E Front To turn on the rear climate control sys 1 Rear fan speed control knob tem 2 ae alee control button Mom enon p 1 Set the rear climate control selection from front seat l i 3 Rear climate control selection button REAR button in the front climate CON trol panel to the OFF position from front seat 4 Rear fan speed control knob 2 Set the rear fan speed control knob in from rear seat the front climate control panel to the 5 Rear mode selection button desired position from rear seat 3 Set the rear temperature control button 6 Rear temperature control button in the front climat
250. open rear sine windows if equipped To open the quarter windows pull the rear portion of the latch out Swing the latch forward and out then lock it into the open position by pushing outward until you hear a click To close the windows pull the handle inward Then push the handle rearward until you hear a click NOTICE In cold and wet climates rear quarter panel windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of vour vehicle HOOD Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place a d ail Be ivaazoz9 Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly pull the secondary latch latch th sal a pe pia acer 1 inside of the hood center and lift 2 slightly the hood 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely by itself after it has been raised about halfway dn i i E i Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID 1VQA2025 h 1VQA2026 1 Stop the engine 3 Pull the fuel filler lid out to open 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank release button located on the driver s cap counterclockwise lower door 5 Refuel as needed 6 To install the cap turn
251. or features narra 3 189 Ashtray e 3 189 Ci garette li ghter E 3 189 Clothes hanger iii 3 191 Cup holder ii 3 190 Digital clock iii 3 193 Floormat anchi sanare 3 194 Power outlet ssaa 3 193 Shopping bag holder 3 191 cilecca 3 192 Interior li ghts aaa 3 133 Dome light iii 3 134 Door courtesy lamp iii 3 136 Glove box lamp iii 3 136 Map light ci 2139 Tailgate Light iii 3 135 Interior overnviovi arcana De J IC O 5 8 Jump starting RARO SALIRE RARA IAA 5 4 K Key positions clara 4 3 Keys E 33 L Label Air bag warning label scienza 3 105 Engine number scri enp 4 38 Tire specification pressure label 4 38 Vehicle certification label 4 37 Vehicle identification number iii 4537 Label information dissi ABT Lighting scsi rivivere 32137 Battery saver function fanno 3 137 Daytime running light P ra ioni 3 140 Front fog light radiale arnesi 3 140 High beam operation creino ii 3 138 Lighting coltiol ssszeia Ce irirrairiazasa 3 137 Rescue mode function iii 22137 Index ibid 6 47 Recommended lubricants rees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 6 47 Recommended SAE viscosity number seere 6 48 Lubricants and fluids iii 6 18 Luggage net holder iicninininion nea 3 176 Luggage rack see roof rack criiinienirenenoa A Lumbar SUppOrt iii 3 46 _M Within 6 26 Maintenance Maintenance schedule iii 6 3 Maintenance services iiiiiieii i1 139 6 2 Owner maintenance
252. or or tailgate com pletely using the transmitter or main control button on the overhead con sole 6 Close the sliding door or tailgate com pletely using the transmitter or main control button on the overhead con sole For the left right power sliding doors and power tailgate follow above steps to reset If the power sliding door or power tailgate doesn t work properly after above proce dure have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer dn i a i Features of vour vehicle e When the power ON OFF button PWR is OFF not depressed the power sliding door and power tailgate can not be controlled with the sub con trol buttons or door handles However the doors can be controlled with the transmitter or the main control buttons on the overhead console even though uf the power ON OFF button PWR is p Tor E OFF not depressed ei Se Also the doors can be opened and m DR closed manually by pulling the inside or as 1VQA2017 outside door handles NOTICE Power ON OFF button Close the sliding door and tailgate and e When the power ON OFF button keep the power ON OFF button PWR PWR is ON depressed the power in the OFF not depressed position before washing the vehicle in an auto sliding door and power tail n i 9 power tailgate can be matic car wash controlled with the sub control buttons on the center pillar trim or tailgate Also the doors can be opened and NOTICE
253. or the remote control However there are functions that are only available from the remote control These buttons and their functionality are discussed in the REMOTE CONTROL section begin ning kt i Features of your vehicle VIDEO MODE OPERATION IF EQUIPPED 0 O DVD PLAYER o_o STOR EJEGT SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL PLAY PAUSE DISPLAY FORWARD REVERSE NEXT CHAPTER PREVIOUS CHAPTER 9 ENTER 10 MENU 11 SOURCE m s SPEAKER MENU pis sac sii vor ONO Aa WON RES_OPEN_8111 Features of your vehicle NOTICE The RSE will enter standby mode when the vehicle ignition is turned off and back on Press the SRC or PLAY PAUSE 3 button to wake up the unit and resume disc play 1 Stop Eject While the disc is playing press the STOP EJECT button to stop disc play When the disc has stopped press the button again to eject the disc NOTICE The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If an ejected disc is not removed within 25 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player This is to protect the disc from accidental damage 2 Speaker Volume Control You can adjust the volume one of two ways First if you are adjusting the vol ume for audio through the vehicle speak ers you can use the VOLUME button on the control panel or the remote control This button is reserved
254. osed to Those have been described in previous pages i i i n i ll Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer 4 CAUTION e Never hold the steering wheel against a stop extreme right or left turn for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steer ing pump e If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunctions the steering effort will greatly increase NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 10 C 14 F the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three min utes to warm up the fluid Features of your vehicle Tilt steering A tilt steer
255. osite 3 Activate the hazard warning flash the jack position er 1VQA4024 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun terclockwise one turn each but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground What to do in an emergenc 0VQ049406 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack What to do in an emergency 1VQA4026 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage Remove the wheel lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel 10 Mount the spare tire into position and install the wheel lug nuts with the beveled edge inward 11 OVQ056008N Once the wheel lug nuts have been tightened lower the vehicle fully to the ground and continue to tighten the lug nuts until they are fully secured Tighten the wheel lug nuts firmly in a pattern If you are unsure of the tightness of the wheel lug nuts have them checked at the nearest service station The specified tightening torque is 9 11 kg m
256. osition the light turns off immediately Main control switch Features of vour vehicle Dome light The lights are turned ON or OFF based on the status of the doors main control switch and corresponding light switch Dome lights operating logic Main control Door open Dome light switch switch status close status ON DOOR ei ll Lamp turns ON Open or then turns OFF Close Open after about 20 minutes Lamp dims gradually over a 5 second period Open Close If other door is opened while the light stays off after about 20 minutes the light stays on again for about 20 minutes 2 When a door is unlocked by the transmitter the light stays on for about 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened When the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 15 seconds 3 If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the light turns off immediately 1VQA2333 Features of vour vehicle Tailgate light The lights are turned ON or OFF based on the status of the tailgate main control switch and corresponding light switch Tailgate light operating logic Main control Tailgate open Tailgate light switch switch status close status _ ae OFF i Lamp turns ON then turns OFF after about 20 minutes Tailgate light Open or Close Open Close or Open Close Features of vour vehicle OVQ036041N lt a OVQ036043N Glove
257. ot leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely Features of vour vehicle 4 CAUTION If key is not fully inserted into the glove box key set do not apply excessive force Doing so may dam age the parts OVQ023191 mR a a Si x x li 010028198 Glove box Sunglass holder if equipped The glove box can be locked and To open the sunglass holder press the unlocked with a master key 0 CAUTION cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close To open the glove box make sure it is unlocked then pull the handle 1 and the glove box will automatically open 2 Close the glove box after use Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time Features of your vehicle OVQ03339A Side table if equipped The side table is located on the inner por tion of the passenger s seat To use the table pull the table all the way up until it locks into place Verify the table is locked by trying to push it down If the table moves down it is not locked prop erly To fold down the table pull up the release lever and press down the edge of the table To use the storage compartment of side table push the
258. our vehicle OVQ022125 Trip odometer TRIP A Trip odometer A TRIP B Trip odometer B The trip odometer indicates the distance of individual trips selected by the driver Trip odometer A and B can be reset to 0 by pressing the reset button for 1 second or more and then releasing OVQ020125 ECOMINDERTM INDICATOR ECO ON OFF mode if equipped You can turn the ECOMINDER indica tor which is identified on your instrument dashboard by the ECO name on off on the instrument cluster in this mode If you push the TRIP button more than 1 second in the ECOMINDER indicator ECO ON mode then ECO OFF is dis played in the screen and the ECO indica tor turns off If you want to display the ECOMINDER indicator ECO again press the TRIP but ton more than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode and then ECO ON mode is dis played in the screen When you press the TRIP button less than 1 second in the ECO mode the mode is changed to odometer EA N 8 Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slight ly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running 4 CAUTION Do not operate the engine wi
259. overtaking or passing your vehicle What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad If you have a flat tire while driving or crossing If a tire goes flat while you are driving If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal crossing set the shift lever in the N and let the car slow down while driving Neutral position and then push the vehi Straight ahead Do not apply the cle to a safe place brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes When the car is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion NO If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your
260. p the seat belt into the trim panel and close the power outlet cap Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED EEIEIE F Ovao39094 A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat outside rearview mirror and adjustable pedal positions with a simple button operation By saving the desired posi tions into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat outside rearview mirror and adjustable pedal based upon their driving prefer ence If battery is disconnected the position memory will be lost and the driving posi tions should be restored in the system Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Shift the transaxle lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat outside rearview mirror and adjustable pedal to positions comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the transaxle lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat outside rearview mirror and adjustable
261. pedal will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting one of the control knobs for the driver seat outside rearview mirror and adjustable pedal while the system is recalling the stored positions will cause the movement for that component to stop and move in the direction that the control knob is moved Other components will continue position recalling Features of vour vehicle Storing and recalling with trans mitter Storing with the transmitter Remove the key from the ignition switch and lock all the doors using the transmit ter The driver seat outside rearview mir ror and adjustable pedal positions will be stored in the system memory Driver s position recalling with trans mitter Unlock the door with the transmitter positions stored in the system memory will be recalled automatically NOTICE The buzzer sounds 10 times if there is a malfunction of the memory system Have the driver position memory system checked by an authorized Kia dealer 1 OVQ039095 Easy access function When the AUTO button is ON the indi cator light illuminates with the shift lever in P position the system will move the drivers seat forward or rearward auto matically so you can comfortably enter and exit the vehicle e It will move driver s seat rearward when the ignition key is removed e It will move drivers seat forward when the ignition key is inserted 1VQA2109 Reverse parking aid function
262. player will reverse at about 8 times the normal speed 20 times for VCDs Hold the but ton for more than 4 seconds and the reverse will increase to 32 times the nor mal speed for both DVDs and VCDs Press the REV button again to stop reversing and return to normal speed play 7 Next Chapter While a DVD is playing press the NEXT button to skip to the next chapter The current chapter number is shown on the screen Press and hold the NEXT button to move quickly through the chapters NOTICE Depending on the DVD if NEXT is pressed during the last chapter on a DVD a red circle with a Invalid icon S may be displayed indicating an invalid button press 8 Previous Chapter Press the PREV button to skip to the beginning of the previous chapter Press and hold the PREV button to move quick ly through the chapters Depending on your DVD if the PREV button is pressed during the first 8 sec onds of the first chapter the player will skip to the beginning of the last chapter of the DVD 9 Enter A momentary press shall initiate a select or enter function of a selected menu item 10 Menu DVDs may contain special programming or features that are accessed by using the menu To use the menu with a DVD that is playing press the MENU button once to display the DVD disc menu Press the but ton a second time to exit the menu and return to the DVD program The menu is not available during disc ini tialization the
263. pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish 4 CAUTION e Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Do not wash the side windows too close with high pressure water Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents Maintenance 4 sg 7800 4 CAUTION e Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip
264. position 3 Features of vour vehicle OVQ028053 Removal Armrest if equipped Seatback pocket To remove the headrest raise it as far as The front seats have the armrest located A seatback pocket is provided on the it can go then press the release button 1 on the side of seatback back of the front passenger and drivers while pulling upward 2 To use the armrest swing down the arm seatbacks To reinstall the headrest put the headrest rest to the lowest position poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION For proper operation of the occu pant detection system Do not place any items cumula tively weighing over 1 kg 2 2 Ibs in the seatback pocket or on the seat Do not hang onto the front pas senger seat The location of the seat warmer switch may be changed depending on your model Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depend 4 CAUTION When clean
265. pplemental Restraint System is When repairing or scrapping the vehicles Repairing steering wheel instrument virtually maintenance free There are no parts which you can service You must have the system serviced under the following circumstances If an air bag ever inflates the air bag must be replaced Do not try to remove or discard the air bag by yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer If the air bag warning indicator light alerts you to a problem have the air bag system checked as soon as possi ble Otherwise your air bag system may be ineffective panel center console or roofs or installing car audio around center con sole could disable the air bag system Have them checked by an authorized Kia dealer When leaving the vehicle at an autho rized Kia dealer inform the facility that the vehicle is equipped with air bag system and leave the owner s manual in the vehicle Since air bag system contains explo sive chemical substances contact an authorized Kia dealer when scrapping the vehicle Features of your vehicle OVQ039411 OVQ039020N 1VQA2096 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels which are now required by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard CMVSS are attached to alert dri ver and passengers of potential risk of air bag system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children Kia also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults are exp
266. pray de icer not radi To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the ator antifreeze to release the housing of mirror and then fold it toward frozen mechanism or move the the rear of the vehicle vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of vour vehicle Outside rearview mirror heater if equipped The outside rearview mirror heater is actuated in connection with the rear win dow defroster To heat the outside rearview mirror glass push the button for the rear window defroster The rearview mirror heater and rear win dow defroster will not operate unless the engine is running The outside rearview mirror glass will be heated for defrosting or defogging and will give you improved rear vision in inclement weather conditions Push the button again to turn the heater off The outside rearview mirror heater automati cally turns off after 20 minutes Electric remote control The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point A on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After adjustment put the lever into neu tral position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment 4 CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maxim
267. pressed the power sliding door can not be con trolled with the sub control buttons or door handles and if the sub control button is pushed chime sounds once However the doors can be opened and closed manually by pulling the door handles from inside or outside vehicle On a steep grade the power sliding door will slide faster when closing And the drive unit motor may operate addi tionally for a moment after the door is closed This is a normal operation to ensure door closing not a malfunction dn i A Features of your vehicle OVQ036004 WARNING If your vehicle is facing downward on a steep grade 15 percent or more the door may not stay open and could slam shut possibly injur ing someone To make sure the door does not slam shut turn on the power sliding door feature Then if the door closes it will close under the control of the power door system d WARNING If children accidentally open the power sliding doors while the vehi cle is in motion they could fall out and be severely injured or killed To prevent children from opening the power sliding doors from the inside the child safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle WARNING When the rear passenger operates the power sliding door make sure there are no people or objects around the door and have all occu pants get in or out of the vehicle after the door is open fully and stopped WARNING e Le
268. programming and or operation of HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand held transmitter of the device being pro grammed to HomeLink for quicker train ing and accurate transmission of the radio frequency Follow these steps to HomeLink mirror train your Features of your vehicle L Flashing OVQ036306N When programming the buttons for the first time press and hold the left and center buttons 7 simultane ously until the indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds This procedure erases the factory set default codes Do Not perform this step to program additional hand held trans mitters NOTICE For non rolling code garage door open ers follow steps 2 3 For rolling code garage door openers follow steps 2 6 For Canadian Programming please fol low the Canadian Programming section For help with determining whether your garage is non rolling code or rolling code please refer to the garage door openers owner s manual or contact HomeLink customer service at 1 800 355 3515 O Transmitter SER 2 Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approximately 1 to 3 inches away from the mirror Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed 3 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the
269. pter 3 Sunroof See Chapter 3 Trip computer See Chapter 3 Climate control system See Chapter 3 Audio See Chapter 3 Power sliding door and power tailgate See Chapter 3 4 CAUTION e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine e The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTALT J AVANT 2 J ARRI RE Ibs 1 157 Ib TIRE SIZE seal a ea SEE OWNER S PNEU DIMENSIONS ene FROID MANUAL FOR aa ADDITIONAL REAR VOIR LE MANUEL ARRIERE 235 60R17 240kPa 35psi DE L USAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS T135 90R17 420kPa 60psi RENSEIGNEMENTS The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or 525 Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer kg ou Recommended cold tire inflation pressures j OVQ053100 All tire aE e the Br e SS ORROZZi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION dina t i e o n a d o ee RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT means the vehicle has not been driv All specification
270. r brakes 1587 3500 158 350 This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Driving your vehicle Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few rea sons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water e The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains
271. r sliding door is pressed 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle or push the main control but ton of the power sliding door Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle or pushing the sub control button until rear door child safety lock is unlocked gm OEP036009 Tailgate Opening the tailgate e Tailgate is locked or unlocked with a key if equipped e To open the tailgate insert the key into the lock turn it to the unlock position and pull up the tailgate by pressing the handle You can also lock unlock the latch but not release it with the central door lock system If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up kt Features of your vehicle NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle do not operate the tailgate This could cause the tailgate to close improperly 1VQA2010 b i Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched 4 CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attaching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to drivi
272. r the front passenger seat Any of these could interfere with proper sensor operation NOTICE e If luggage or other objects are placed on the front passenger s seat or if the temperature of the seat changes while the seat is unoccupied the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF indicator may blink These conditions do not indi cate a problem e Do not put heavy objects on the front passenger s seat This may cause front passenger air bag deployment in the event of an accident thus increasing your repair costs WARNING e The front seat passenger air bag is much larger than the steering wheel air bag and inflates with considerably more force lt can seriously hurt or kill a passenger who is not in the proper position and wearing the safety belt prop erly The front passengers should always move their seat as far back as practical and sit back in their seat e It is essential that the front pas senger always wears their safety belts even when the vehicle is moving in a parking lot or up a dri veway into garage Continued Features of your vehicle Emergency power backup in case your car s electrical system is disconnected in a crash Continued e If the driver brakes the vehicle Continued Do not put objects or stickers on heavily prior to an impact unbelt ed occupants will be thrown for ward If the front passenger is not wearing the safety belts they will be directly in front of the storage compartm
273. rams and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Maintenance E O O _ _ ___ Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use However performance may differ from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on Kia vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform
274. ranty amp Consumer Information Manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Kia Dealer Maintenance a E FEE EEE E E E _ iiiio rII1 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Negative battery terminal Positive battery terminal o YO VU sa WD Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OVQ063001N Maintenance ENGINE OIL Va OVQ066002N Checking the engine oil level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L h r gt OXM079005 If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill Use a funnel to refill the new oil com fortably Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended Lubricants later in this section Have engine oil and filter changed by an Authorized Kia Dealer
275. re it operates properly 4 CAUTION e To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel see illustra tion The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object i SEA a OVQ036055N To sound the horn press the horn sym DEFROSTER Type A OVQ049343 Type B OVQ049344 The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while engine is running 4 CAUTION e To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside sur face of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog on the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this section To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center console switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again n i ke Features o
276. read wear indicators appear To reduce the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignement When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance I030B044M Tire sidewall labeling Federal law requires tire manufactur ers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This infor mation identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identifi cation number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance EA a EE E E A 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P185 65R14 86H
277. red to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle m What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc For more informa the Bluetooth Wireless website at tion visit Technology www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem supports 3 types of languages English Canadian French US Spanish NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system Continued Continued e The Bluetooth Wireless Technology word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth Wireless Technology SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology m Receiv
278. ress DISP to adjust the image format The image format also known as the aspect ratio is a ratio of the height to width of the image on the screen For example a 4 3 ratio would mean an image that is 4 units by 3 units dn i i n i Features of your vehicle You have two options 4 3 normal and 16 9 widescreen Press the display button to select the preferred aspect ratio When the RSE unit receives video signals from the AUX the aspect ratio can be changed to 16 9 or 4 3 by the DISP button The aspect ratio information will auto matically disappear if no button is pressed for three seconds 5 Forward There are three DVD and VCD fast for ward speeds Press and hold the FWD button for up to 2 seconds and the player will fast forward at 4 times the normal speed 8 times for VCDs Hold the but ton for more than 2 seconds but less than 4 seconds and the player will fast forward at about 8 times the normal speed 20 times for VCDs Hold the button for more than 4 seconds and the fast forward will increase to about 32 times the normal speed for both DVDs and VCDs Press the FWD button again to stop fast for warding and return to normal speed play 6 Reverse There are three DVD and VCD fast reverse speeds Press and hold the REV button for up to 2 seconds and the player will reverse through the DVD at 4 times the normal speed 8 times for VCDs Hold the button for more than 2 seconds but less than 4 seconds and the
279. rive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compaci spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity e The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire e Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency e Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed e Do not use tire chains
280. rmed e A front or rear door is opened without using the ignition key or transmitter e The tailgate is opened without using the ignition key or transmitter e The engine hood is opened The siren will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for 27 seconds and repeat the alarm 3 times unless the system is disarmed To turn off the system unlock the doors with the ignition key or transmitter NOTICE Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle start ing motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when the doors are unlocked by depressing the unlock button on the transmitter or unlocked with the ignition key After depressing unlock button the haz ard warning lights will blink twice to indi cate that the system is disarmed After depressing unlock button if any door is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed If the system is not disarmed with the ignition key or transmitter insert the key in the ignition switch turn the key to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed 4 CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia deal er Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are
281. rresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes n i n Drivin our vehicle Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system 4 CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally 4 CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob
282. rtion of the switch ing wheel angle properly Adjust the seat position and the steer Move the pedals toward you until you can fully depress the brake pedal by pushing the A portion of the switch used to the feel after adjusting Depress the pedals a few times to get Features of your vehicle SAFETY BELTS Safety belt restraint system We strongly recommend that the driver and all passengers be properly restrained at all times by using the safety belts provided with the vehicle Proper use of the safety belts decreases the risk of severe injury or death in accidents or sudden stops In most states and in Canada the law requires their use All seats have lap shoulder belts Inertial locks in the safety belt retractors allow all of the lap shoulder safety belts to remain unlocked during normal vehicle opera tion This allows the occupants some freedom of movement and increased comfort while using the safety belts If a force is applied to the vehicle such as a strong stop a sharp turn or a collision the safety belt retractors will automatical ly lock the safety belts Since the inertial locks do not require a collision in order to lock up you may become aware of the safety belts locking while braking or going around sharp cor ners Always use the rear seat position s to install your child restraint s The rear or front passenger safety belts use a special auto lock feature designed to
283. ruise control SYSTEM cei 4 11 Cup holder rn iz 3 190 Curtain air bag nici 3 95 D i O Dashboard see instrument cluster 00 3 116 Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination minireinioniniziem i 3 120 Defogging Windshield incrciiiiizizizzioe A Defogging logic Windshield uncino 3 175 DER aids 3 145 Defrosting Windshield iniuienirianeni 8173 Index ee Digital clock iii 3 193 Dimensions umana 7 2 Displays see instrument cluster 1 3 116 Display illumination see instrument panel illumination iii 3 120 IB Yates hl eel errr ee re ee err ener rere eee errr 3 11 Central door lock switch iii 3418 Child protector rear door lock iii 3 15 Drinks holders see cup holders iii 3 190 Driver position memory system ci iii 3 59 Driver s air bag iii 3 93 Driving at night II 4 28 Driving in flooded areas iii 4 28 Driving in the rain 000000 4 28 E Economical operation iii 4 26 Electronic stability control ESC 4 19 Electric chromic mirror ECM iii 3 110 Emergency starting ee T 5 4 Jump starting er ee ee 5 4 Push starting lead 5 6 Emergency towing PSR e 5 17 Emergency while driving nei 5 2 Emission control SYSTEM siii 6 53 Engine COMPartmMent ci 6 12 Engine coolant 0 6 14 Index Engine ojl iii 6 13 Engine overheats iii Sa Engine temperature gauge 000000 3 119 Exterior care ananas 6 49 F Flat tre secca cena 5 8 Changing tires iii 5 11 Compact spare isk ot rara 5 10 Jack and toole n
284. s connected it is reset as the defog logic status CLUSTER IONIZER IF EQUIPPED When the ignition switch is ON the clus ter ionizer turns on automatically as fol lows LUGGAGE NET HOLDER IF EQUIPPED ION mode ION Clean mode CLEAN OVQ036085N To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the four holders locat ed in the cargo area to attach the lug gage net Contact your authorized Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net Features of your vehicle ROOF RACK IF EQUIPPED li r A OVQ069206 If the vehicle has a roof rack you can load cargo on top of your vehicle Crossbars and fixing components need ed to install the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION e The crossbars should be placed in the proper load carrying posi tions prior to placing items onto the roof rack If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation Continued Continued e When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle e When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width WARNING The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack Distribute
285. s sizes and pres Lonmrenerces TOM manr janmen en for at least three hours or driven sures can be found on a label Le pi total es ocupants et chargement ne dotato esser 525 kiad TU less than 1 6 km one mile attached to the vehicle EEEN MMs PNEUS A FROID Recommended pressures must be FORMATION maintained for the best ride top vehi DELUSAGER cle handling and minimum tire wear RENSEIGNEMENTS OVQ053101 4 CAUTION e Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer Continued Continued e Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards 4 CAUTION e Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated e Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Maintenance EEE 4 CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has be
286. s that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal Ay WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause th
287. s not automati cally opened but closed under the fol lowing conditions If the main or sub con trol button is pushed for power opening operation the chime sounds once When the ignition switch is in the ON position 1 Vehicle is moving above 5 km h 3 mph 2 The gearshift lever is not in P Park for automatic transaxle On the overhead console On the tailgate k 1VQA2016A 1VQA2019 5 e When the power ON OFF button Power tailgate operation if equipped Push the power tailgate main control button on the overhead console to open or close the power tailgate However the power tailgate will not open with the transmitter or the main control button when all power sliding doors and power tailgate are locked and closed When the power tailgate is operated with the main or sub control button or transmitter the chime sounds and haz ard warning lights flash 3 times PWR is ON depressed do as fol lows to open or close the power tail gate Pushing the sub control button on the bottom of the tailgate will close the power tailgate automatically Pressing and pulling up the tailgate handle slightly will open the power tailgate automatically when the tail gate is unlocked Features of your vehicle When the power ON OFF button e If the power tailgate is operated again PWR is OFF not depressed the power tailgate can not be controlled with the sub control buttons or tailgate handle and
288. s of vour vehicle From the rear seat if equipped 1 Set the rear climate control selection REAR CONTROL button in the front climate control panel to the ON posi tion 2 Set the rear fan speed control knob on the rear climate control panel to the desired position 3 Set the rear temperature control knob on the rear climate control panel to the desired position if equipped 4 Select the desired rear mode button on the rear climate control panel if OVQ049313 OVQ043313A equipped Rear fan speed control To turn off the blowers If not equipped with either of the rear From front seat To turn off the blowers turn the fan heater or air conditioner rear air blows Set the rear climate control selection speed control knob to the 0 position only from one side of lower or upper REAR CONTROL button if equipped vents to the OFF position and turn the rear fan 5 To turn on the rear air conditioning speed control REAR knob in the front system if equipped turn on the air climate control panel to the desired posi conditioning button in the front climate tion control panel To change the rear fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the knob to the OFF 0 position turns off the rear fan Features of vour vehicle 0VQ049314 From rear seat if equipped Set the rear climate control selection REAR CONTROL button in the front cli mate control panel to the ON posit
289. s off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating nor mally If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS system Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as pos sible Anti lock brake system ABS warning light Electronic brake force distribution EBD sys tem warning light If two warning lights illumi nate at the same time while driving your vehicle has a BRAKE i with ABS and EBD In this case your ABS system and regu lar brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer as soon as possi ble Safety belt warning light Ea If the driver s safety belt is not fastened when the key is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the key is turned ON the safety belt warning light blinks until the belt fastened Safety belt warning chime If equipped If the driver s safety belt is not fastened when the ignition key is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the key is ON the safety belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds At this time if the safety belt is fastened the chime will stop at once High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Features of vour vehicle Engine oil pressure warning This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illumi
290. s soon as possi The light switch has a Headlight and a again using the light switch on the Ple Parking light position steering column To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol Ss CAUTION lowing positions If the driver gets out of the vehicle 1 DO n through other doors except dri 2 Parking light position ver s door the battery saver func 3 Headlight position tion does not operate Therefore it causes the battery to be dis charged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle j Features of your vehicle OVQ041130 Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail posi tion lieense and instrument panel lights are ON OVQ041131 Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OVQ041134 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on T
291. s tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 10 SCAN Button Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 11 DISC Buttons e DISC V Change Button Changes disc to the previous disc e DISC Change Button Changes disc to the next disc 12 CD Button If there is a CD in the CD DECK it switch es to CD mode If there is no CD then the message NO CD will become displayed on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode Features of vour vehicle 13 FOLDER Button NOTE 2 Folder playing order Root Faldera gt Folder AA Dr Folder Aa e Press FOLDER V button to move to Order of playing files folders child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to Folder the folder displayed It will play the first J songrie gt FolderABB gt Folder Folder BB song in the folder Press FOLDER A button to move to a i If no song file is contained in the parent folder of the current folder and folder that folder is not displayed display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed PERS Folder ABB Folder BA Lio _ Folder BB T 26 1 Song playing order to sequentiall
292. saltate 3 72 R Rear seat adjustment baia 3 46 Rear seat entertainment SYSTEM iii 3 231 Rear parking assist SYSTEM siii 4 22 Rearview camera siii 4 25 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures eseese 6 34 Recommended lubricants ii 6 47 Recommended SAE viscosity number 0000 6 48 Remote keyless 708 0 iii 3 4 Road Warning s sssssessasarorcsoeresenssnetsesoverousavensstsnvaseveasavess 5 2 Rocking the vehicle sniieiioniio vicini 4 27 Poiano A 3 195 Pool nn ce S S afety pelts aan 3 62 Pre tensioner safety QQ oe 3 72 Lap shoulder belt sriiiiinionio niro ne 3 65 Safety belt warning light and chime iii 3 64 Scheduled maintenance service Maintenance schedule ii 6 3 Scsi 3 45 Seatback pocket eee IE 3 44 NSF ice afc O che s ia aaa 3 44 3 47 Headrest ascsencietwesveransaceoncnesnaticurnnnssdecstqacaraanseanes 3 42 3 48 Folding the rear seatback tici 3 50 Index a C E E ee Front seat adjustment manual nin 3 39 Front seat adjustment DOWEL cei 3 40 Lumbar SUPport iii 3 46 Rear seat adjustment I TE 3 46 Seatback pocket Eau eu E EREE E ie 3 44 Seat warmer lt 0000cs000re rece niceriniccenenacenaenicetonicesanezconeascone 3 45 Shift lock SYSTEM ci 4 9 Shopping bag holder 3 191 Side air bag iii 3 94 Sirius satellite radio information e 3 215 Snow tires aaa 4 30 Spare tire Compact spare tire replacement e 6 38 Removing the spare re Galan 5 8 Storing the spare ike or sessa ten taid tra inikKiEtseis 5 9 Spec
293. se damage to the player and or the external electronic device NOTICE Only external devices that have an active video source such as video game systems or VHS players can be read by the RSE The RSE will not play an external device that only has an audio source such as a cassette player or other CD player NOTICE When using an external device connect ed to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the external device Cleaning of Display If the LCD display becomes dusty or dirty clean it by wiping gently with a soft dry clean cloth Features of your vehicle Using the DVD player Disc compatibility Your RSE player accepts and plays all DVDs in 4 3 normal and 16 9 wide screen video formats With DVDs that offer multiple formats the default format is 16 9 and will stay that way unless the user changes the format See Display to learn how to adjust the format NOTICE e The DVD player has the capability to play DVD Video DVD R DVD RW CD DA CD R CD RW and Video CD e The DVD player has the capability to play CD DA DVD VCD PCM Dolby Digital and DTS formats e Please refer to the appendix for the error messages Loading a Disc Insert the disc part way into the load slot The player will automatically grip the disc and pull it in the rest of the way The player will display reading on the screen and show the Kia Motors
294. se seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Features of your vehicle OVQ036231N LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions kl Features of your vehicle Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place 4 CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the Child seat latch and LATCH anchor during the installation WARNING e When using the vehicle s LATCH system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reac
295. semblies especially with a tool or heavy object e Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioners d WARNING If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded contact an authorized Kia dealer Features of vour vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM We strongly recommend the use of a child seat or infant seat for small children and babies and it is required by law in almost all states This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accor dance with the manufacturer s instruc tions Children riding in the car should sit on the rear seat and must always be proper ly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a LATCH system if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the child seat manufacturer when installing the child restraint system NG WARNING Child re
296. sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses for leaks or damage e Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid e Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps e Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts Maintenance n _ IN JSOIl l yzi I At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check the air conditioning system before the warm weather season Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean battery and terminals Check the brake fluid level Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an Authorized Kia Dealer with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect war ranty coverage For details read the separate Kia War
297. solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked 4 CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the Ghiaie _ _ 1VQA4001 booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jumper Cables Booster battery dn i i pi n What to do in an emergency Do not allow the jumper cables to con Push starting tact anything except the correct bat Vehicles equipped with automatic tery terminals or the correct ground transaxle cannot be push started Do not lean over the battery when ngn making connections Follow the directions in this section for jump starting 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rom then start the engine of the vehi P CAUTION cle with the discharged battery Rever ow A vehe A0 atai i If the cause of your battery discharging is because the sudden surge forward not apparent you should have your vehi when the engine starts could cause cle checked by an Authorized Kia Dealer a collision with the tow vehicle What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indica
298. speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the 447 position Air conditioning if equipped Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button Set the mode to the position Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirdulation air position 4 Set the temperature control to the desired position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the COOL blue position set the air intake con trol to the recirculated air position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed h w N dn i i A Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION e When using the air conditioning system monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out side temperatures are high Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air condition
299. ssible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and pre vent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with the cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists Features of vour vehicle No 1JBH3051 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbid den Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passengers seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child oe ry Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should blink or illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after the engine starts e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion W7 147 di i i n i n Features of your vehicle SRS care Your Su
300. st position lifting the front portion of the seat If the folding strap 2 Move the seat to rear most position green mark is Invisible and the seat 3 Fold the seatback forward and down 3 Double fold the rear seat forward by BIOS At HOFISCICO a firmly until it clicks into place pull up the seatback recline lever or strap To unfold the rear seat 1 Pull up the seatback recline lever or Strap 2 Lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 3 Return the rear safety belt to the prop er position Features of vour vehicle Dnd row seat 4 Pull the folding strap out of the pocket located under the seat cushion 2nd row seat 5 Lift the entire folded seat forward and tie the folded seat to the assist handle using the strap 2nd row seat OVQ036213N OVQ036209N To unfold the rear seat 1 Untie the strap from the assist handle and insert the strap into the pocket 2nd row seat 2 Push down the seat backward firmly to lock the catches into the rear anchors until an audible click is heard OVQ036210N Make sure the green mark on the rear seat cushion frame is visible and the catches are locked in position by mov ing the seat forward and backward or lifting the front portion of the seat If the green mark is invisible and the seat Moves it is not locked properly Pull up the seatback recline lever or strap
301. stem Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name dn i i Features of your vehicle e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message oress again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name of the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile
302. stened when the key is turned ON or if it is dis connected after the key is turned ON the safety belt warning light will blink until the belt is fastened If the driver s safety belt is not fastened when the key is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the key is ON the safe ty belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds Features of vour vehicle mesi 1GHA2262 Lap shoulder belt To fasten the lap shoulder belt 1 Grasp the buckle and tongue plate 2 Slowly pull the lap shoulder belt out from the retractor i E 1 v0H2263 3 Insert the tongue plate 1 into the open end of the buckle 2 until an audible click is heard indicating the belt is locked in the buckle 1VQH2264 4 Position the lap portion 2 of the belt across your lap as LOW ON THE HIPS as possible to reduce the risk of sliding under it during an accident Adjust the belt to a SNUG FIT by pulling up on the shoulder portion 1 of the safety belt The belt retractor is designed to take up excess webbing automatically and to maintain tension on the belt For your safety do not put any excess Slack into the safety belt at any loca tion NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly dn i i n i Features of vour vehicle 1st 2nd row n lt gt 4GQB0338 5 Adjust the shoulder an
303. straints e A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in the front seat Since a safety belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is in a closed vehicle be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there 1JBH3051 Continued Continued When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a safe ty belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children who are too large to be in a child restraint should sit in the rear seat and be restrained with the available lap shoulder belts When using the vehicles lap shoulder safety belts always make sure that the shoulder belt portion is positioned midway over the shoulder never across the neck or behind the back The lap belt portion of the lap shoul der belt must always be posi tioned as low as possible on the child s hips and as snug as pos sible If the vehicle s safety belt will not properly fit the child you must use an appropriate child restraint or booster seat in the rear Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Never allow a child to stand up or kneel while the vehicle is moving Never use an infant carrier or child
304. structions e Use the belts at all times even on short trips If the safety belt is twisted straighten it prior to use e Keep sharp edges and damaging objects away from the belts Periodically inspect belt webbing anchors buckles and all other parts for signs of wear and damage Replace damaged excessively worn or ques tionable parts immediately To clean the belt webbing use a mild soap solution recommended for clean ing upholstery or carpets Follow the instructions provided with the soap Do not make modifications or additions to the safety belt e After wearing a safety belt make sure it fully retracts to the stowed position Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door when you close it Restraint women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE Infants and small children To increase their safety infants and young children should always be restrained by a restraint system approved for their age and size Never allow a child to stand or kneel on the seat of a moving vehicle Never allow a safety belt to be placed around both a child and an adult or around two children at the same time It is best for children to be seated in the rear seats Many companies manufacture child restraint systems often called child seats for i
305. switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES ACCEL switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph each time the RES ACCEL switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OVQ046003N To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures Push the COAST SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain Push the COAST SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph each time the COAST SET switch is operated in this manner QVQ046005N To resume cruising speed at more than 40 km h 24 mph If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when RES ACCEL switch is pushed the lt will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below 40 km h 24 mph Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brake
306. t cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained The SET function cannot be activated until approximately 2 seconds after the CRUISE ON OFF button has been engaged On a steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while going down hill kt el Driving your vehicle OVQ046004N To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Press the brake pedal e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle e Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel e Press the COAST SET and RES ACCEL switches at the same time Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go OFF but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES ACCEL switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Pull the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go OFF e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To Set Cruise Control Speed on the previous page J OVQ046005N To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES ACCEL
307. t protection both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts properly fastened Importantly children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat Continued Continued e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possi ble and secure the child restraint system in a locked position e Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Failure to follow the above men tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu pants in an accident Features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts OVQ031902N 1 1VQA2081 1VQA2080
308. t satisfactory check the instrument panel vents The outlet port B E can be opened or closed sep arately using the horizontal thumbwheel To close the veni rotate it left to the max imum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OVQ049309 Air intake control button This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected n i al Features of your vehicle NOTICE It should be noted that prolonged oper ation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fogging of the wind shield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger compart ment OVQ049310 Air conditioning button if equipped Push the A
309. t the rear passengers get in or out of the vehicle after the door is open fully Sudden closing could cause a serious injury e Close the door by pulling the door handle after the door is open fully Do not pull the door handle while rear passengers are getting in or out The door could sudden ly close by itself and cause a seri ous injury It takes about 5 seconds for the power sliding door to close and latch completely Sudden starting or accelerating the vehicle before the door closes and latches completely could cause it to open the door and result in a serious injury or dam age to cargo Do not start the vehicle before the door closes and latches completely Features of your vehicle If the window on the power sliding door is open more than 80 mm 3 in the power sliding door will not power open fully but will open to the 3 4 position and the chime will sound 3 times To close the door use the transmitter or main control button with the power ON OFF button in OFF position not depressed or sub control button or door handle with the power ON OFF button in ON position depressed The left power sliding door cannot be opened while the fuel filler lid is open fully If the main or sub control button is pushed the chime sounds once Also if the fuel filler lid open button is pushed while the left power sliding door is opening the chime sounds once NOTICE If the fuel filler lid is opened when the left slid
310. t web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container 4 CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance I ___________ _ TT u uu EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Consumer Information Manual in your vehicle Vehicle modifications e This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your Kia could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modifica tion may not be covered under warran ty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide
311. tailgate is opening the tail gate is automatically closed complete ly However if the power tailgate button is pressed again when the tailgate is open less than 20 degrees the tailgate will continue to open Power tailgate non opening condi tions The power tailgate will not open auto matically but will close under the follow ing conditions If the main or sub control button is pushed for power opening oper ation the chime sounds once When the ignition switch is in the ON position 1 Vehicle is moving above 5 km h 3 mph 2 The gearshift lever is not in P Park for automatic transaxle If the power tailgate is operated while the tailgate is in partially opened posi tion less than 20 degrees the tailgate is automatically opened fully If the power tailgate is operated while the tailgate is in half opened position more than 20 degrees the tailgate is automatically closed completely Features of vour vehicle WINDOWS Power windows 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Power rear quarter window left switch 6 Power rear quarter window right switch 7 Power window lock switch 8 Window opening and closing 9 Automatic power window down Driver s window if equipped x NOTICE In cold and wet climates power w
312. te the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a very low fuel level If you run out of gasoline it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Dimensions 7 2 Bulb wattage 7 2 Tires 7 3 Capacities 7 4 Specifications Specifications DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE ten pi 1985 78 1 1940 76 4 Headlights High 1805 71 17178069 Side mark lights 35 Front tread 1685 66 3 1685 66 3 Wheelbase 3020 118 9 With door handle With roof rack Rear turn signal lights 27 Amber Back up lights High mounted stop light License plate lights Front map lamps Center dome lamps Tailgate lamp Door courtesy lamps Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamps LED Light emitting diode Specifications Tire Inflation pressure naa n 7 Wheel size kPa psi AAN SASAE CORR ROSA 225 70R16 6 5Jx16 Full size tire 235 60R17 6 5Jx17 9 11 TIRES T135 90R17 4 0Tx17 SS Orto spare tire Specifications CAPACITIES Engine oil drain and refill Recommended or equivalent
313. tection you need in an accident e Inspect your safety belts periodi cally for excessive wear or dam age Pull out each belt fully and look for fraying cuts burns or other damage Pull the safety belt out and let it retract a number of times Make sure that the lap shoulder belts return smooth ly and easily into the retractor e Check the latches to make sure they latch and release without interference or delay e Never close the doors on any part of the lap or shoulder belt e Any belt not in good condition or in good working order should be promptly replaced WARNING Never close the doors on any part of the lap or shoulder belt lt can damage the safety belt or buckle which could increase the risk of injury in case of an accident WARNING When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving This could result in loss of con trol and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily Make sure there is nothing in the buckle The seat belt may not be fastened securely 1GQA2083 Safety belt warning light and chime If the driver s safety belt is not fa
314. ted in the j severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you try to replace the climate control air filter by owner maintenance replace it performing the following procedure and in this case be careful to avoid damaging other compo Climate control Sooo ae rents as air filter core ILDA5047 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an Authorized Kia Dealer Blower Maintenance WIPER BLADES 4 CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement 1VQA5022 1LDA5023 Maintenance 4 CAUTION Front windshield wiper blade Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper automatic car washes have been arms or other compon
315. tem can completely eliminate injuries that may cause in collisions or impacts To help reduce impact on driver or passen gers in any collision safety belts must be correctly worn What your air bag system does not do The air bag system is designed to sup plement the protection offered by the safety belt system IT IS NOT A SUB STITUTE FORTHE SAFETY BELT The importance of using safety belts There are four very important reasons to use safety belts even with an air bag sup plemental restraint system They e help keep you in the proper position away from the air bag when it inflates reduce the risk of harm in rollover side impact vehicles not equipped with side and curtain air bags or rear impact collisions because an air bag is not designed to inflate in such situa tions and even a side curtain air bag is designed to inflate only in certain side impact collisions reduce the risk of harm in frontal or side collisions which are not severe enough to actuate the air bag supple mental restraint system reduce the risk of being ejected from your vehicle Features of your vehicle Continued e If your vehicle has been subject d WARNING Air bags amp safety belts Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts pro vided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover Always wear your safety belt It can h
316. tes over heating if you experience a loss of power or if you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine has probably overheated Should any of these symp toms occur use the following procedure 1 Turn on the hazard warning flasher then drive to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle set the auto matic transaxle in P Park and apply the parking brake 2 Make sure the air conditioner is off 3 If coolant or steam is boiling out of the radiator stop the engine and call an Authorized Kia Dealer for assistance If coolant is not boiling out allow the engine to idle and open the hood to permit the engine to cool gradually If the temperature does not go down with the engine idling stop the engine and allow sufficient time for it to cool 4 The coolant level should then be checked If the level in the reservoir is low look for leaks at the radiator hoses and connections heater hoses and connections radiator and water pump If you find a major leak or another problem that may have caused the engine to overheat do not operate the engine until it has been corrected Call an Authorized Kia Dealer for assistance If you do not find a leak or other problem carefully add coolant to the reservoir If the engine frequently overheats have the cooling system checked and repaired by an Authorized Kia Dealer a el What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE J f fd j i Y s
317. tes when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the but ton ESC OFF usage When driving It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control Driving your vehicle NOTICE When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed If the ESC is left on it may pre vent the vehicle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Operation of the rear parking assist system Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition key ON If the vehicle is moved at speeds over 5 km h 3 mph the system may not activate correctly e The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm 47 in OVQ049098 When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any
318. the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transaxle fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another important item to frequently check Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If youre trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight 4 CAUTION Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the A C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine When towing check transaxle fluid more frequently If your vehicle is not equipped with the air conditioner you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer Driving your vehicle If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trai
319. the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing 4 CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Maintenance n rr Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If thes
320. the RSE display panel If the remote control still does not work contact your authorized Kia dealer Continue receiving an invalid Invalid button press The function you are trying to perform is not available icon S when a button is pressed j Before driving 4 2 Key positions 4 3 Starting the engine 4 4 Automatic transaxle 4 5 Cruise control system 4 11 Brake system 4 14 Electronic stability control 4 19 Rear parking assist system 4 22 Rearview camera 4 25 Driving your vehicle Csi Economical operation 4 26 Special driving conditions 4 27 Winter driving 4 29 Trailer towing 4 30 Overloading 4 36 Label information 4 37 Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in Section 6 Maintenance WARNING Driving while distracted can
321. the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counterclock wise front soeaker sound will be empha sized rear speaker sound will be attenu ated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated 8 PRESET Buttons e Press 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec onds to play the station saved in each button e Press 1 6 buttons more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep Features of vour vehicle CD m CD Player PA710S SIRIUSA OBiuetooth 1 CD Slot 2 CD Indicator AUX 3 CD Eject Button z SEEK x 4 CD LOAD Button sia 5 TRACK Button 1 2 6 INFO Button VOLUME 7 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button 8 REPEAT Button m CD Changer PA760S 9 RANDOM Button 10 SCAN Button A 11 DISC Button 12 CD Button 13 FOLDER Button 6 7 D VQ_PA710S_CD VQ_760S_CDC Features of your vehicle Using CD Player 1 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to pla
322. thin the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam age me OVQ036406N Features of your vehicle OVQ039031N Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in the Index 4 CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine b0VQ036033N Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank Fuel tank capacity 80 liters 21 US gallons The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty 4 CAUTION Avoid driving with a very low fuel level If you run out of fuel it could case the engine to misfire and result in damage to the catalytic converter Features of your vehicle i 200 1VQA2126 Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or head lights are on rotate the illumination con trol knob to adjust the instrument panel illumination intensity The instrument cluster Type B illumina tion intensity can be adjusted by rotating the control knob with the headlight switch in any position when the ignition switch is in ON position Features of vour vehicle TRIP COMPUTER IF EQUIPPED
323. tically return to the first track and con tinue playing 4 Display When the player is in DVD mode press the DISP button to view the DVD title chapter number and elapsed time and other infor mation about the DVD currently playing The next time the player is turned on it will return to the brightness level it was adjusted to when last used The RSE unit has two presets of display brightness When the headlamp is turned on the display brightness level will be dimmed as the preset However when the headlamp is turned off the display bright ness will return to the daytime brightness Press DISP to adjust the image format The image format also known as the aspect ratio is a ratio of the height to width of the image on the screen For example a 4 3 ratio would mean an image that is 4 units by 3 units You have two options 4 3 normal and 16 9 widescreen Press the display button to select the preferred aspect ratio When the RSE unit receives video signals from the AUX the aspect ratio can be changed to 16 9 or 4 3 by the DISP button The aspect ratio information will auto matically disappear if no button is pressed for three seconds dn i i i i Features of your vehicle 5 Forward There are two CD fast forward speeds Press and hold the FWD button for up to 2 seconds and the player will fast forward at 3 times the normal speed Hold the button for more than 2 seconds and the player will fast forward at about 10 ti
324. tiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Traffic information not available in all markets See siriusxm com traffic for details Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com serviceterms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Kia shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communi cating with SIRIUS 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Features of your vehicle SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO m CD Player PA710S SIRIUSA O Bivetooth a 1 SAT RADIO Button SAT SIRIUS Satellite Radio 2 SEEK Button o 3 PRESET Buttons 9 4 SCAN Button 2 5 TUNE Knob amp ENTER button 6 CAT Category Button 7 INFO Button A Q VQ_PA710S_SATELLITE RADIO VQ_PA760S_SATELLITE RADIO Features of your vehicle Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your sub scription to SIRIUS S
325. tions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and 69 all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com A bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Continued l E OVQ066018N Continued Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If possible continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth until medical attention is received If electrolyte gets on your skin thor oughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensation get med ical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space Continued Continued An inappropriately dis posed battery can be harm ful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners e Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are co
326. tons may now be programmed if this has not previously been done Refer to the Programming portion of this text Operating HomeLink To operate simply press the pro grammed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door security system entry door lock estate gate or home or office light ing For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time The HomeLink Wireless Controls System once pro grammed or the original hand held transmitter may be used to activate the device e g garage door entry door lock etc In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Flashing OVQ036306N Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons To erase the three programmed buttons individual buttons cannot be erased Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously until the indi cator light begins to flash approxi mately 20 seconds Release both but tons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds HomeLink is now in the train or learn ing mode and can be programmed at any time Features of your vehicle Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed
327. ts a na nr O o Steering gear box linkage amp boots i esegesi S LIL si E O O O 5 O Drive shaft dust boots AT atch hinges ard ode O O O O O I O tn condi EE EA E RES E A Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x1 000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 192 144 156 168 160 192 mem Months 6 12 18 24 30 se a2 sa 60 66 72 7e 04 00 9 Power steering fluid and lines HE E E Power steering pump belt and hoses as aan Climate contol air filter 120 ICH ca Air conditioner compressor operation amp TEETE refrigerant amount Plate tres i Tire condition amp inflation pressure e ee if equipped __ j Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary sane E Cosi eo ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER Ae We ei AIR CLEANER ELEMENT CE AUTOMATIC TRA
328. tton longer than necessary Damage to the motor or system components could occur Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the 1VQA2039 glass or the motor could be dam Sunshade aged The sunshade will be opened with the Pees Oy Su arOOn toner Ong glass panel automatically when the glass DOO a ere a sunroof and panel is slid You will have to close it man FOO pana can MAKEA NOSE ually if you want it closed Open the sunroof and remove regularly the dust using clean cloth The sunroof is made to slide together with sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged you have to reset your sunroof system as follows 1 2 Turn the ignition key to the ON posi tion According to the position of the sun roof do as follows 1 in case that the sunroof has closed completely or been tilted Press the tilt button until the sun roof has tilted upward completely 2 in case that the sunroof has slide opened Press and hold the close button for more than 5 seconds until the sunroof has closed completely Press the tilt button until the sun roof has tilted upward completely Release the tilt button 4 Press and hold the tilt button for
329. um adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is depressed Do not depress the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts Features of your vehicle Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to center on the view through the rear window Make this adjustment before you start driving A Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of vehi cles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automatical ly controls the glare from the headlights of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and through a chemical reaction automatically controls the headlight glare from vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle 4 CAUTION When cleanin
330. unction of the SRS air bag system because the SRS air bag warning light is connected with the seat position sensor If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi nate when the ignition key is turned to the ON position if it remains illuminated after illuminating or blinking for approximately 6 sec onds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the seat position sensor and the advanced SRS air bag system as soon as possible Continued Ignoring the SRS indicator light air bag indicator and passenger air bag off indicator can result in serious or fatal injury if the air bags occupant detection system or pre tensioners do not work properly Have your car checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS warning light alerts you to a potential problem Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright in their seats with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the igni tion key is removed at HLZ2120 Driver s air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position The driver s air bag is stored in the cen ter of the steering wheel i D ri 3 Features of your vehicle WARNING e You must always sit as far back from the steeri
331. under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer brakes If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e Dont tap into your vehicle s brake sys tem Driving your vehicle Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure t
332. ust be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g ina tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc Continued Continued If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth Wireless Technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth Wireless Technology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth Wireless Technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly Continued Features of vour vehicle Continued Continued L o Kediri nE pla H e If Priority is set upon vehicle igni 4 Reboot the Audio and try to OLOG O tion IGN ACC ON the connect again Bluetooth Wireless Technology 5 Delete all paired devices from phone will be automatically con the mobile phone and Audio nected and re pair for use Even
333. uto door lock unlock feature When pushing down on the rear por 1 e All doors will be automatically locked tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock However if the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open the doors will not lock when the front por tion of central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended when shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park with engine is running e All doors will be automatically unlocked when shifting the transaxle shift lever into P Park with engine is running Features of vour vehicle Halve g d 1VQA2013 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the front edge of the door to the Lock position When the child safety lock is in the Lock f position rear door will not open when the inner door han dle is pulled inside the vehicle or the sub control button of the powe
334. utton for less than 0 8 sec onds to play songs randomly in current folder e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 7 REPEAT Button e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder e To cancel REPEAT press this button again 8 SCAN Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again kt A Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE DEVICE iPod Some iPod models might not support the communication protocol and the 7 CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is Continued When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device files will not be played needed in order to operate iPod Supported iPod models with the audio buttons on the an i ee DA arc i a iPod Mini audio system The USB cable pro usma ha Pod deye ha iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic vided by Apple may cause mal g nn generation function and should not be used e When not using iPod with car iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own
335. utton for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 7 REPEAT Button Repeats the song currently played Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information if equipped Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan nels including 69 channels of 100 com mercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehi cle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satel lite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possi ble Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking gar
336. ving vour vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Lock release button prevents shift lever movement without first depressing the button ze Je na ul HS Te UR Dj Automatic mode Sports mode Va Depress the brake pedal and push the button when shifting The lock release button must be depressed while moving the shift lever gt The shift lever can be moved without depressing the lock release button OVQ049059 el Driving vour vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a 4 CAUTION forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your transaxle do not accelerate the engine in R Reverse or any for ward gear position with the brakes on When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Automatic mode 1VQA3024 Automatic transaxle operation All normal forward driving is done with the shift lever in the D Drive position To move the shift lever from the P Park position the brake pedal must be depressed and the lock release button must be depressed Driving your vehicle Transaxle ranges P park Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating 4 CAUTI
337. wet climates power sliding doors and tailgate may not work prop erly due to freezing conditions NOTICE When the sliding doors are opened man ually power OFF more effort will be required to open and close than on non power sliding doors dn kt F z eatures of your vehicle NOTICE The power sliding door and power tailgate can be operated when the engine is not running However the power operation consumes large amounts of vehicle electric power To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not operate them exces sively e g more than approximately 10 times repeatedly To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the power slid ing door and power tailgate at open position for a long lime Do not apply excessive force while operating the power sliding door or power tailgate This could cause dam age to the power sliding door or power tailgate Do not modify or repair any part of the power sliding door or power tail gate by yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle do not operate the power sliding door or power tailgate This could cause the power sliding door or power tailgate to operate improperly 1VQA2346 1VQA2347 Automatic stop and reversal If the power opening or closing is blocked by an object or part of the body the power sliding door and power tailgate will detect the resist
338. will enter the AUX mode automatically and shall remain so until a disc is inserted or until the PLAY SRC button is pressed on the RSE s front panel or on the remote control If the vehicle ignition is on but the player isn t being used the display will power off The DVD mechanism will be in sleep mode but the main RSE s controller will stay up to accept commands from the front panel controls or the remote control NOTICE The external device must be correctly connected to the RSE in order to play properly Using the CD Player The RSE will play audio CDs in both the standard 12 cm and mini disc 8 cm format NOTICE While the player will accept DVD ROMs and CD ROMs discs the RSE cannot play discs in these formats and will eject them With power applied to your unit insert the disc part way into the load slot The player will automatically grip the CD disc pull it the rest of the way in and begin playing CD Controls The following functions are available when playing audio CDs n i i i el Features of your vehicle AUDIO MODE OPERATION IF EQUIPPED 1 STOP EJECT 2 VOLUME CONTROL DVD PLAYER m s 3 PLAY PAUSE l SPEAKER 4 DISPLAY MEE ee vos 5 FORWARD os 6 REVERSE 7 NEXT TRACK 8 PREVIOUS TRACK RES _CLOSED_8111 Features of your vehicle 1 Stop Eject LS While the disc is playing press the STOP EJECT G9 button to stop disc play While the disc is stopped press the STOP EJECT
339. y Features of your vehicle 7 CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 lt can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break t
340. y e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield Features of your vehicle Defogging logic Manual climate control system To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake control is set to the outside fresh air position automatically if any of following occur e The mode is selected to the or amp y while the system is activated e The ignition switch is turned on while the mode is selected to the ws or W In this case the air conditioning will auto matically operate if the mode is selected to the or GY while the fan is operat ed If you don t want the air conditioning or outside fresh air position press the cor responding button to cancel the opera tion OVQ049341 How to cancel or return defogging logic of manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the fan speed control knob to the OFF 0 position 3 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position W 4 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 sec onds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis
341. y lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and sid De aa is ee Da Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature Re i and grit from entering the engine 80 100 120 and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine Oil 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosi ty grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis cosity chart Maintenance e lt lt ___ 3 SzIs gt 53 gt 5 uNNMN MNM ty EeoG i ij jilUA APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial
342. y the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD lf UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected 4 CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit 2 CD Indicator CD Player PA710S When car ignition switch is ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator is lit If the CD is ejected the Icon is off 3 CD Eject Button Press amp button to to eject the CD This button works regardless of ignition switch status e ALL EJECT CD Changer PA760S Press this button for more than 0 8 seconds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 4 CD LOAD Button This compact disc player will accommo date up to six compact discs To insert discs into the player perform the follow ing Press and release the LOAD Button e Green light on the slot will be illuminat ed and the lowest number of empty slot will blink on the display After Wait is displayed on the LCD the slot will open with Insert CD displayed on the LCD e Insert a disc partway into the slot label side up The player will pull the disc in When the disc is inserted the disc will begin to play automatically NOTICE e The disc can be only inserted while the green light is blinking on the slot e This CD pla
343. yer is suitable only for 12cm discs do not use irregular shaped CDs To insert multiple discs e Press and hold the LOAD button for one second or more You will then hear a beep sound and the green light on the slot will be illuminated and the numbers of empty disc will blink on the display After Wait is displayed on the LCD with the lowest number of empty slot blinking the slot will open with Insert CD displayed on the LCD e Insert a disc partway into the slot label side up The player will pull the disc in Once the disc is loaded the numbers of the empty disc will blink on the dis play continuously If the next Insert CD is displayed when the slot is illuminated you can then load another disc e Load the remaining disc by following procedures 1 and 2 When you finished loading 6 discs the CD player will begin to play the last CD loaded dn i i Features of your vehicle To load more than one disc but less than six complete Steps 1 and 2 When you have finished loading discs press LOAD button to cancel the loading function or wait for 10 seconds The CD player will begin to play the last CD loaded As each CD starts to play the DISC number will appear on the display NOTICE The disc player takes up to six discs Do not try to load more than six 5 TRACK Button e Press TRACK button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song e Press TRACK
344. you need additional keys or lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the key or ignition switch The engine may not start for the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from normally transmitting Limp home override procedure When you turn the ignition key to the ON position if the IMMO indicator goes off after blinking 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order You cannot start the engine without the lime home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition switch The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example 1 Turn the ignition key to the ON position The IMMO indicator a will blink 5 times and go off indicating the begin ning of the limp home procedure 2 Turn the ignition key to the ACC posi tion di i al 3 To enter the first digit in this example 2 turn the ignition key to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 3 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input suc cessfully you have to start the engine within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home proce dure
345. your vehicle Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to
346. zed i el Features of vour vehicle Compass zone map Features of vour vehicle EE 203 9 Distance to empty RANGE shown on display This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles a blinking symbol will be dis played The meter s working range is from 50 to 1500 km 30 to 1500 miles NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available F SE 2220320 Driving time ET shown on dis play This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for less than 4 seconds when the driving time is being displayed clears the

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

The alarm clock that tells you when the TV show starts.  Spinex: manuel d`installation  Thermaltake A2018 Case Fan  takeMS 6 GB-Kit PC 1333  3-drive THF・THR 取扱説明書  Fisher PLC-SW20 User's Manual  SECURITE. LES DANGERS DE L`ELECTRICITE. Dangers  Receptor inalámbrico de AT&T U  CAN-005, Utilización de displays LCD gráficos (SED1335)  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file